Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1

Of the New Administrative Capital

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

010000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

011000 SUMMARY
011200 MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY
012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
013233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
013520 HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014200 REFERENCES
014339 MOCKUPS
015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
017300 EXECUTION
017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
017836 WARRANTIES
017839 RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS
017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

033050 MASSIVE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
033125 PRECAST ULTRA-HIGH-PERFORMANCE CONCRETE CLADDING
034501 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE
034910 DECORATIVE GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE
035216 LIGHTWEIGHT INSULATING CONCRETE
035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT
035440 CEMENT-BASED SCREED

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY

042000 UNIT MASONRY

044200 EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING

DIVISION 05 - METALS

051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

053100 STEEL DECKING
055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 1 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS

055300 METAL GRATINGS
057300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
057310 DECORATIVE METAL BALUSTRADES AND FENCES
057500 DECORATIVE FORMED METAL

DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS

061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY

064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
066200 CAST PLASTIC (GRP) FABRICATIONS
067300 COMPOSITE DECKING

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

071113 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING

071355 APP-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING
071614 POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING -
ARCHITECTURAL
071616 CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOFING
071800 TRAFFIC COATINGS
072100 THERMAL INSULATION
074213.16 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS
074213.23 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS
075323 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING
076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
077100 ROOF SPECIALTIES
077129 MANUFACTURED ROOF EXPANSION JOINTS
077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES
078100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING
078123 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING
078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
078446 FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS
078800 FIRE CURTAINS
079200 JOINT SEALANTS
079500 EXPANSION CONTROL

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES
083473 SOUND-CONTROL DOOR ASSEMBLIES
084114 INTERIOR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084126 ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
084229.23 SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 2 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

084233 REVOLVING DOOR ENTRANCES

084415 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS AND WINDOW WALLS
084429 MECHANICALLY ATTACHED STRUCTURAL GLASS ASSEMBLIES
084436 OVERHEAD GLAZING ASSEMBLIES
085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS
087110 DOOR HARDWARE
088000 GLAZING
088300 MIRRORS
088400 PLASTIC GLAZING
089119 FIXED LOUVERS

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES

092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
092713 GLASS-REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS
092900 GYPSUM BOARD
092940 CEMENT BOARD ASSEMBLIES
093000 TILING
093014 LANDSCAPE TILING
095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
095133 ACOUSTICAL METAL PAN CEILINGS
095423 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS
095427 SUSPENDED WOOD CEILINGS
095443 STRETCHED-FABRIC CEILING SYSTEMS
096340 STONE FLOORING
096400 WOOD FLOORING
096513 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
096516 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
096536 STATIC-CONTROL RESILIENT FLOORING
096723 RESINOUS FLOORING
096813 TILE CARPETING
096816 SHEET CARPETING
096900 ACCESS FLOORING
097225 SIMULATED STONE CLADDING
097500 STONE FACING
097700 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED (FRP) WALL PANELS
097723 FABRIC-WRAPPED PANELS
097763 TERRACOTTA BAGUETTE
099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING
099123 INTERIOR PAINTING
099300 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING
099600 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

101100 VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 3 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

101400 SIGNAGE
102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS
102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION
102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
102819 TUB AND SHOWER DOORS
104400 FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (Iconic Tower)
104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (Office Towers)
104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (Residential Towers)
104900 PARKING ACCESSORIES
105113 METAL LOCKERS
107113 EXTERIOR SUN CONTROL DEVICES
108214 LED MEDIA MESH SCREENS

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

110000 AUTOMATED PARKING SYSTEM (Office Towers)

110101 FAÇADE ACCESS EQUIPMENT
111200 PARKING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
111300 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT
111400 PEDESTRIAN CONTROL DEVICES
114000 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT (Iconic Tower)
117000 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT (Iconic Tower)
118226 FACILITY WASTE COMPACTORS
118230 WASTE HANDLING EQUIPMENT
118230 WASTE HANDLING EQUIPMENT (Iconic Tower)

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS

122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES

123640 STONE COUNTERTOPS
123661 SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS
124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
124816 ENTRANCE FLOOR GRILLES
129300 SITE FURNISHINGS

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

131213 EXTERIOR FOUNTAIN

133423 FABRICATED STRUCTURES

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

142100 ELECTRIC TRACTION ELEVATORS

143100 ESCALATORS
149182 TRASH CHUTES

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 4 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION

210513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

EQUIPMENT
210517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
210548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
210553 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
211200 FIRE SUPPERSSION STANDPIPES
211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
212200 CLEAN-AGENT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
213113 ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS
213400 PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
220716 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
220719 PLUMBING PIPE INSULATION
221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
221123 DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS
221123.13 DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS
221223 FACILITY INDOOR POTABLE-WATER STORAGE TANKS
221316 SANITARY WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES (Iconic Tower)
221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES (Office Towers)
221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES (Residential Towers)
221423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES (Iconic Tower)
221423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES (Office Towers)
221423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES (Residential Towers)
221429 SUMP PUMPS
223100 DOMESTIC WATER SOFTENERS
223200 DOMESTIC WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT
223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS
223400 FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS
223500 DOMESTIC-WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS
224100 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES (Iconic Tower)

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 5 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

224100 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES (Office Towers)

224100 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES (Residential Towers)
225000 SWIMMING POOL SPECIALTIES AND EQUIPMENT
225100 JACUZZI SPECIALTIES AND EQUIPMENT

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING
230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING
230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING
230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
230713 DUCT INSULATION
230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION
230719 HVAC PIPE INSULATION
230900 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS)
230901 INTEGRATED BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IBMS)
232113 HYDRONIC PIPING
232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS
232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING
232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT
233113 METAL DUCTS
233130 AIR DUCT CLEANING
233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
233413 AXIAL HVAC FANS
233416 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
233433 AIR CURTAINS
233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS
233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES (Iconic Tower)
233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES (Office Towers)
233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES (Residential Towers)
233813 COMMERCIAL-KITCHEN HOODS
235100 BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS
235239 FIRE-TUBE BOILERS
235700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC
236313 AIR-COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSERS
237200 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT
237313 MODULAR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS
237413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS
238123 COMPUTER-ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 6 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

238146 WATER-SOURCE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS

238219 FAN-COIL UNITS

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

260500 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

260513 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES
260519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260536 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
260548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260940 ROOM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
260943 NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS
261200 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
261300 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
262413 SWITCHBOARDS
262416 PANELBOARDS
262419 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS
262500 ENCLOSED BUS ASSEMBLIES
262726 WIRING DEVICES
262743 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS
262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
263324 DC CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING
263353 STATIC UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
263533 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS
264113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES
264313 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING
265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING

DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS

271005 COMMON CLAUSES FOR STRUCTURED CABLING

271055 IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
271105 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS
271305 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
271505 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
271800 COMMON CLAUSES FOR IT & SECURITY SYSTEMS
272000 DATA COMMUNICATIONS
272133 WIRELESS DATA NETWORK
272231 COMPUTERS & RELATED PERIPHERALS
273123 IP-BASED TELEPHONY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
274100 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS
274116.21 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT - FOR
MEETING ROOMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 7 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

REF DIVISION - SECTION TITLE

274116.28 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT - FOR

HOTEL SPACES
274132 IP-BASED HOSPITALITY TV MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IPHTM)
275117 IP-BASED PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
275123.80 IP BASED VIDEO INTERCOM

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

281300 ACCESS CONTROL

281353 SECURITY SCREENING SYSTEMS (SSS)
282300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE
283111 DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK

312000 EARTH MOVING

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

321116.16 AGGREGATE SUBBASE COURSE

321123 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
321216 ASPHALT PAVING
321400 UNIT PAVING
321440 STONE PAVING
323113 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
329113 SOIL PREPARATION
329300 PLANTS

DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES

334300 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE

334600 SUBDRAINAGE

DIVISION 34 - TRANSPORTATION

348313 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION

348323 BRIDGE BEARINGS

DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS

405000 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK

406343 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC)
406710 PROCESS CONTROL WIRING
407000 INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - Page 8 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-TOC-PMC-01 REV 1
SPECIFICATIONS
(Part 1 of 12)
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 010000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Related Sections:

1. Referenced Sections: List of sections in “Related Sections” or “Related Requirements”

is not intended to be exhaustive or mutually exclusive, it is meant for reference and
guidance only by way of assistance.
2. Missing References: In case a section or part thereof is considered missing, this shall
be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
3. The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory
of one another; however, in case of ambiguities or discrepancies the same shall be
explained and adjusted by the Engineer who shall thereupon issue to the Contractor
instructions thereon and in such event, unless otherwise provided in the contract.
4. Liability for Missing References: A full understanding and appreciation of the full
provisions included in all the specification sections and the interaction between these
sections is required. References to related sections are provided for assistance only and
no liability for any coordination issues related references which are deemed missing
from “Related Sections” or “Related Requirements” parts of the Specification sections
shall rest with the Employer.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Specification sections use the terms "Engineer" in lieu of “Architect”, and "Employer" in lieu
of “Owner”. In case the terms “Architect” and “owner” still exist in some sections, they are
deemed to mean "Engineer" and "Employer” respectively.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General:

1. Industry Standards: When both U.S. and European, Industry Standards are applicable
to this project and the standards are in conflict with each other, the most stringent of
the industry standards shall govern.
2. Proprietary Names: Manufacturer's proprietary names indicated for colors, textures and
patterns of materials are for the purpose of indicating the design aspect such as color,
texture and pattern selection only. Other manufacturers’ materials are acceptable and
provided they closely approximate colors, textures and patterns indicated and provided
they conform to all other requirements subject to the Engineer's approval.
3. Source Limitations: Obtain all system components and accessories from single source
from single manufacturer. If some components are not produced by system
manufacture, obtaining these components from other sources may be approved subject
to recommendation in writing by system manufacturer provided it does not negate the
warranty. Submit for Engineer’s approval.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - Page 1 of 2

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.4 MANUALS AND REPORTS

A. All manuals and reports provided shall be considered as an integral part of the specifications.
Information provided in the manuals and reports shall be considered as complimentary to the
specifications. Specifications, Manuals and reports shall be read in conjunction to each other.

B. The list includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Fixed Decoration Hardware Manual.

2. Finishes & Materials Manual.
3. FF&E Manual.
4. Doors Manual.
5. Environmental Graphics Design Manual.
6. Fire Report.
7. Acoustic Report.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 010000

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 - Page 2 of 2

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Phased construction.
4. Work by Employer.
5. Work under separate contracts.
6. Future work.
7. Access to site.
8. Coordination with occupants.
9. Work restrictions.
10. Specification and drawing conventions.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls"

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: Package Title.

B. Employer: Refer to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement.

Engineer: Refer to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement.

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Work of the Project is defined by the Contract Documents including but not limited
to the Employer’s Requirements, drawings, Specifications, Method of
Measurements and Bill of Quantities and any other Documents and/or implied or
inferred by these documents to provide fully furnished and fit for purpose Project
and/or service/utility building

The Contractor shall provide all superintendence, labour, materials, plant, Contractor's
Equipment and all other requirements, whether of a temporary or permanent nature,
required in and for such execution, completion and remedying of any defects, so far as the
necessity for providing the same is specified in or is reasonably inferred from the Contract

SUMMARY 011000 - Page 1 of 5

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

documents in addition to any other requirements necessary for a fully functional and fit for
the purpose Project.

B. Type of Contract:

The Contract Agreement is signed based on provisional Contract price and in the
subsequent Annexures, the provisional Contract price is adjusted to be Lumpsum Contract
price except only for the Annexure for the Enabling works where the excavation works are
subject to re-measurement.

1.5 WORK SEQUENCE

A. The Work shall be executed and completed in Sections, if so specified.

Sections: Refer to the Particular Conditions of Contract and the subsequent Annexures, for
completion of the Works in Sections, if required.

B. Provision of Wild Air: Execute of part of the HVAC installations, such as the chillers,
pumps, piping, main air handling units and main ductwork, to ensure sufficient elements of
the HVAC installations can be operated to provide conditioned air to control the
environment during the period when internal finishing works and decorations, susceptible to
environmental temperature and humidity variations, are being executed prior to the Works
being considered substantially complete. The HVAC equipment required to provide this
Wild Air shall utilize temporary power sources if permanent power is not available during
the period when the Wild Air is required.

C. Provision of Wild Air shall be executed in the following sequence:

1. Pressure testing of pipework and ductwork as specified;

2. Inspection of installations including power termination and safety control devices;
3. Energizing power supply panels;
4. Chemical flushing of chilled water system;
5. Internal cleaning of air handling equipment and ductwork to remove dust and debris;
6. Startup air handling equipment with necessary safety controls;
7. Startup chilled water plant with necessary safety controls; and
8. Operate and maintain all equipment in good operating condition including routine
maintenance and provision of all necessary spares and consumables.

1.6 WORK BY EMPLOYER

A. General: Cooperate fully with Employer so work may be carried out smoothly, without
interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Employer. Coordinate the
Work of this Contract with work performed by Employer.

1.7 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS

A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be
carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other
contracts. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate
contracts.

SUMMARY 011000 - Page 2 of 5

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.8 FUTURE WORK

A. Other Contracts: Cooperate fully and coordinate with separate contracts and programme the
Works so that work on those contracts may be carried out efficiently and effectively,
without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.

B. Future Contracts: Employer reserves the right to perform additional work and/or award
further separate contracts for performance of additional work at the Project site; whether
concurrently with, or after substantial completion of, Work under this Contract.
Performance and completion of such additional work may depend on successful completion
of preparatory work under this Contract.

1.9 ACCESS TO SITE

A. Cooperate fully and coordinate with any future construction forces and/or separate
contractors as necessary, and programme the works so far as reasonably possible so that
work on those contracts may be carried out efficiently and effectively, without interfering
with or delaying work under this Contract.

B. General: Contractor shall use the Project site for the execution of the Works and for access
thereto. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Employer's right to perform work
or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. The project site shall be shared with
other contractors if employed directly by the Employer as required. Access to the project
Site may need to be shared / coordinated with other contractors executing adjacent or related
works.

C. Use of Site: Limit work and activities to the area of the project site as defined on Drawings
in areas indicated. Do not disturb areas outside the project site or in which the work is
indicated.

1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to area of the project site.

2. Employer Occupancy: Allow for Employer occupancy of project site
3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
available to the Employer, the Engineer and their employees, other contractors
engaged in work on the project site and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use
these areas for parking or storage of materials.

1.10 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

A. Full Employer Occupancy: Employer will occupy the site during entire construction period.
Cooperate with Employer during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate
Employer usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Employer's day-to-day
operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used
facilities without written permission from Employer and approval of authorities
having jurisdiction.
2. Notify the Employer not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect
Employer's operations.

SUMMARY 011000 - Page 3 of 5

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Partial Employer Occupancy: Employer will occupy the premises during entire construction
period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Employer during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Employer usage. Perform the
Work so as not to interfere with Employer's operations. Maintain existing exits unless
otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used
facilities without written permission from Employer and authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Employer of activities that will affect
Employer's operations.

C. Employer Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Employer reserves the

right to occupy and to place and install equipment/furniture in completed portions of the
Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not
interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited
occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. Before limited Employer
occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests
and inspections shall be successfully completed.

1.11 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and other requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction.

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by

Employer or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

C. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise
and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Employer occupancy with Employer.

D. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8 m)
of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes.

E. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on the
Project site is not permitted.

F. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on

the Project site. Require personnel to utilize identification tags at all times.

G. Employee Screening: Comply with Employer's requirements regarding drug and

background screening of Contractor personnel working on the Project site.

1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Engineer.

SUMMARY 011000 - Page 4 of 5

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.12 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language
and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular
situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are
implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically
stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the

Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on the Drawings
are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on the
Drawings to identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used
in the individual Specifications Sections.
2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as
part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.
3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing
Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

END OF SECTION 011000

SUMMARY 011000 - Page 5 of 5

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 011200 - MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes responsibilities for coordination and temporary facilities and controls.

B. Specific requirements of each contract are also indicated in individual Specification

Sections and on Drawings.

C. Related Documents:

1. Division 01 Section "Summary" for the Work covered by the Contract Documents,
restrictions on use of the Project site work sequence coordination with occupants, and
work restrictions.
2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for general coordination
requirements.
3. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparation and
submittal of Construction Programs.
4. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for specific requirements for
temporary facilities and controls

1.3 COORDINATION ACTIVITIES

A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordination of his own Works.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate his Works where necessary with the activities of other
contractors executing works on Site. The Contractor must satisfy himself as to the extent of
other works concurrent with this Contract.

Refer to section 013100 for further coordination details.

C. The Contractor is further advised that possession of and Access to the Site shall not be
granted exclusively to the Contractor. It will be necessary for the Contractor to coordinate
access arrangements with Employer/Engineer to ensure that access is not denied to other
contractors working in on the project Site. It is an express requirement of this Contract that
the Contractor works in harmony with all contractors whether Contracts are already awarded
or to be awarded in future. The Contractor must demonstrate to Engineer’s satisfaction that
he is fulfilling his responsibilities and duties in respect to the above. The Engineer requires
this process to include, but not be limited to, the unrestricted exchange of detailed
programming information, attendance requirements, safety issues, access routes, location
and quantum of site accommodation, material storage, use of tower cranes, hoists, rubbish
removal and cleaning and any other issues which span the full spectrum of project site

MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY 011200 - Page 1 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

activities. The above is not exhaustive and the Contractor is notified that this process of
co-ordination will continue and evolve throughout the currency of this Contract.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the programme of other contractors
undertaking works that will impact and/or will require interfacing with the activities on this
Contract. The Contractor shall demonstrate that his own programme makes due allowances
for these works and the Contractor shall be held fully liable for any delay or damage caused
to the works of other contractor(s), due to unreasonable denial of proper and sufficient
access to carry out their works, or lack of co-ordination on his part.

1.4 PROJECT COORDINATOR

A. Coordinator: The Contractor shall appoint a full-time Coordinator for the Works. Such
coordinator shall be experienced in administration and supervision of civil and building
construction, including mechanical and electrical work.

1. Coordination activities of the Coordinator include, but are not limited to, the
following:

a. Provide overall coordination of the Works.

b. Coordinate shared access.
c. Coordinate product selections for compatibility.
d. Provide overall coordination of temporary facilities and controls.
e. Coordinate, schedule, and approve interruptions of permanent and temporary
utilities, including those necessary to make connections for temporary services.
f. Coordinate construction and operations of the Works, including all interfacing
activities, with work performed by other contractors executing works on
adjacent or related sites and with contractors or persons employed directly by
the Employer.
g. Prepare Coordination Drawings, if necessary, to coordinate work by more than
one contractor executing works on adjacent or related sites and with
contractors or persons employed directly by the Employer. Obtain from other
contractors and exchange with them the up-to-date technical data necessary for
the production of Coordination Drawings.
h. Coordinate sequencing and scheduling of the Works: The Contractor shall
attend the meetings (Combined Contractors’ Meetings), arranged as and when
required by the Engineer, with other contractors for sequencing and
coordinating the Works.
i. Provide construction photography.
j. Provide quality-assurance and quality-control services specified in Part
"Quality Requirements."
k. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and inspections, and
coordinate schedule of tests and inspections.
l. Provide information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility
structures affected by construction.
m. Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference
points, and establish permanent benchmarks on Site.
n. Provide field surveys of in-progress construction and site work.
o. Provide progress cleaning of common areas and coordinate progress cleaning
of areas or pieces of equipment where more than one contractor has worked.
p. Coordinate cutting and patching.
q. Coordinate protection of the Works.
r. Coordinate fire stopping.
s. Coordinate preparation and submittal of Record Documents.

MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY 011200 - Page 2 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

t. Coordinate preparation and submittal of operation and maintenance manuals.

u. Schedule and sequence mechanical and electrical activities.
v. Coordinate sharing access to workspaces by mechanical and electrical
contractors.
w. Coordinate integration of mechanical and electrical work into limited spaces.
x. Coordinate protection of mechanical and electrical contractors' work.
y. Coordinate cutting and patching for mechanical and electrical work.
z. Prepare mechanical and electrical coordination drawings.
aa. Coordinate tests and inspections for mechanical and electrical work.
bb. Coordinate mechanical and electrical temporary services and facilities.

2. As soon as the Contractor becomes aware of any conflicts between his own program
and the programs of any other contractor(s) or persons working on the Site, which
cannot be reasonably and immediately resolved directly between the parties
concerned, the Contractor shall report the same to the Engineer for discussion at the
Combined Contractors' Meeting. Where any conflict cannot be resolved by mutual
agreement of the concerned parties at the Combined Contractors' Meeting, the
Engineer shall, after further consultation with such parties, make a determination and
issue his direction or, if necessary, instruction on the matter

1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTS

A. Extent of Contract: Unless the Contract Documents contain a more specific description of
the Works, names and terminology on Drawings and in Specification Sections determine
which contract includes a specific element of Project.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, the Work referred to in this Section for each contract and
further elaborated in the relevant exhibits of the contract documents shall be fit for
the purpose and fully complete operational systems and functional assemblies,
including products, components, accessories, ancillaries, enabling and preparatory
tasks, and installation requirements indicated or reasonably inferred by the Contract
Documents,
2. Local custom does not control the scope of the Work. When a potential demarcation
dispute or similar interruption of work is first identified or threatened, affected
contractors shall negotiate a reasonable settlement to avoid or minimize interruption
and delays.
3. Trenches and other excavation for the work of each contract shall be the work of each
contract for its own work.
4. Blocking, backing panels, sleeves, and metal fabrication supports for the work of
each contract shall be the work of each contract for its own work
5. Furnishing of access panels for the work of each contract shall be the work of each
contract for its own work. Installation of access panels shall be the work of each
contract for its own work.
6. Equipment pads for the work of each contract shall be the work of each contract for
its own work
7. Roof-mounted equipment curbs for the work of each contract shall be the work of
each contract for its own work
8. Painting for the work of each contract shall be the work of each contract for its own
work
9. Cutting and Patching Cutting and patching for the work of each contract shall be
provided by each contractor for his own work.
10. Fire stopping for the work of each contract shall be provided by each contractor for
his own work.

MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY 011200 - Page 3 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

11. Contractors' Preliminary Construction Schedule: Within 15 calendar days after

preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule and preliminary network
diagram submittal has been received, submit a matching preliminary horizontal bar-
chart schedule and preliminary network diagram showing design and construction
operations sequenced and coordinated with overall construction.

B. Temporary Facilities and Controls: In addition to specific responsibilities for temporary

facilities and controls indicated in this Section and in Division 01 Section "Temporary
Facilities and Controls," each contractor is responsible for the following:

1. Installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of each temporary facility

necessary for its own normal construction activity, and costs and use charges
associated with each facility, except as otherwise provided for in this Section.
2. Plug-in electric power cords and extension cords, supplementary plug-in task
lighting, and special lighting necessary exclusively for its own activities.
3. Its own field office complete with necessary furniture, utilities, and telephone service.
4. Its own storage and fabrication sheds.
5. Temporary enclosures for its own construction activities.
6. Staging and scaffolding for its own construction activities.
7. General hoisting facilities for its own construction activities, up to 2 tons (2000 kg).
8. Waste disposal facilities, including collection and legal disposal of its own hazardous,
dangerous, unsanitary, or other harmful waste materials.
9. Progress cleaning of work areas affected by its operations on a daily basis.
10. Secure lockup of its own tools, materials, and equipment.
11. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities necessary exclusively for
its own construction activities.

C. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation: The Contractor is responsible for temporary
heating, cooling, and ventilation, including utility-use charges

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011200

MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY 011200 - Page 4 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Division 01 section "Product Requirements” for requirements regarding submittals and

substitutions of architectural products.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from

those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or
unavailability of required warranty terms.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Employer that are
not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to
Contractor or Employer.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A or facsimile of form provided in
Project Manual.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot

be provided, if applicable.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Employer and separate
contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - Page 1 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those

of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification
Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance,
weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics,
warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate
deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication
and installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting
test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project,
from ICC-ES.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction programme using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Period. If specified product or method of construction cannot be
provided within the Contract Period, include letter from manufacturer, on
manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of
availability, or delays in delivery.
k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Price.
l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements
in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is
compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.
m. Contractor's is deemed to waive all his rights to additional payment or time that
may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution
to produce indicated results. Accordingly, the incidental impact of the
alternative(s) such as but not limited to, Design review time, Design Liability,
potential rejection and time wasted, that all remain at the Contractor’s own
responsibility and account.

3. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or

documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution.
Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution
within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information
or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Refer to the Conditions of Contract.

b. Use product specified if Engineer does not issue a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed

substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform
compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved
substitutions.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - Page 2 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need
for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of
related submittals.

1. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with
these requirements:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will

produce indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction
schedule.
d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform
and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all
contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Engineer will consider requests for substitution if received
within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be
considered or rejected at discretion of Engineer.

1. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with
these requirements:

a. Requested substitution offers Employer a substantial advantage in cost, time,

energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities Employer must assume. Employer's additional responsibilities
may include compensation to Engineer for redesign and evaluation services,
increased cost of other construction by Employer, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction
schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - Page 3 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested

substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform
and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all
contractors involved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - Page 4 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on

Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures.

2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Coordination drawings.
4. Requests for Information (RFIs).
5. Project Web site.
6. Project meetings.

B. The Contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of

responsibility will be specifically assigned.

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for identity of Project Coordinator

and a description of the section of work among separate contracts and responsibility
for coordination activities not in this Section.
2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and
submitting Contractor's design and construction schedule.
3. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control
points.
4. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Employer, Engineer, or Contractor seeking information from each other
during construction.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 1 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the

Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Coordination Meetings: Attend Combined Contractors’ Meetings with other separate

contractors or entities working as and when required by The Engineer. The meetings
will be arranged and conducted by the Engineer for coordinating and sequencing
purposes, and negotiating and agreeing delivery schedules, programmes of work and
interfacing activities, as necessary.
2. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,
before or after its own installation.
3. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and
accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
4. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate sequencing and programming its

construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and
orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations
with operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,
before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and
repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
4. Coordinate shared access to Site, staging areas and workspaces.
5. Coordinate provision of temporary facilities and controls.
6. Coordinate and schedule interruptions of temporary utilities, including those
necessary to make connections for permanent services.
7. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and inspections, and
coordinate schedule of tests and inspections.
8. Coordinate progress cleaning of common areas.
9. Coordinate protection and security of the Works.
10. Coordinate preparation and submittal of Record (As-Built) Documents.
11. Coordinate preparation and submittal of operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Employer and separate contractors if coordination of

their Work is required.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 2 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative

procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid
conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include,
but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre-installation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities.

1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with

requirements in individual Sections, where installation is not completely shown on Shop
Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is
required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more
than one entity.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to

indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed
data. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings.

Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of
various systems and components.
b. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination
drawings by multiple contractors in a sequence that best provides for
coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed
components before submitting for review.
c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,
structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated
replacement of components during the life of the installation.
e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed
dampers, valves, and other controls.
f. Indicate required installation sequences.
g. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that
appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance
requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Engineer indicating proposed
resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult
installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:

1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements,
and mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, fire alarm, and electrical Work. Show
locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid.
Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately
represent the Work.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 3 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems,
mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within
ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings.
Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components.
3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing
plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, fire alarm, and
electrical equipment.
4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all
disciplines.
5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations
of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates,
angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping
pads, and similar items.
6. Mechanical works, Plumbing and utilities networks : Show the following:

a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including
insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems.
b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access
doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment.
c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.

7. Electrical Work: Show the following:

a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inch diameter and larger.
b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire
alarm locations.
c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and
motor control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center
lines.

8. Fire Protection System: Show the following:

a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler
heads.

9. Coordination drawings Utilities: Should also show the details of the interface between
the infrastructure works and the Buildings' works as pursuant to the Interface Matrix
and the associated sketches issued in the Contract documents.
10. Review: Engineer will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is
being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are the
Contractor's responsibility. If the Engineer determines that the coordination drawings
are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, the
Engineer will so inform the Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and
resubmit.
11. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints in accordance
with requirements of Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures."

C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files in accordance with
the following requirements:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating
system as the original Drawings.
2. File Preparation Format: DWG DXF Version Auto cad 2012 or latest version as
advised by the Engineer operating in Microsoft Windows operating system.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 4 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using format same
as file preparation format and portable data file (PDF) format.

1.6 KEY PERSONNEL

A. Key Personnel Names: Within 7 days from Commencement date, submit a list of key
personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at
Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and
telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and email
addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as
standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, on Project Web
site, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.

1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or
interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Employer and Engineer.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract
Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data,
Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully
describe items needing interpretation.

a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of

affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

B. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated
above, acceptable to Engineer.

C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.
Allow 21 days for Engineer’s response for each RFI. RFIs received by Engineer after 1:00
p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents.
b. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
c. Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 5 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

d. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Engineer’s action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Engineer’s time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information.
3. Engineer on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract
Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
Conditions of Contract."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, notify Engineer in writing within 14 days of receipt of the
RFI response.

D. On receipt of Engineer's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI
response to affected parties. Review response and notify Engineer within 7 days if
Contractor disagrees with response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly Use software log that is part of Project Website. Include the following:
Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Engineer.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Engineer's response was received.

1.8 PROJECT WEB SITE

A. Provide, administer (Contractor’s staff working on the administration of Project Web Site
should report to the Engineer), and use Project Web site for purposes of hosting and
managing project communication and documentation until Final Completion. Project Web
site shall include the following functions:

1. Project directory.
2. Project correspondence.
3. Meeting minutes.
4. Contract modifications forms and logs.
5. RFI forms and logs.
6. Task and issue management.
7. Photo documentation.
8. Schedule and calendar management.
9. Submittals forms and logs.
10. Payment application forms.
11. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating.
12. Online document collaboration.
13. Reminder and tracking functions.
14. Archiving functions.

B. Provide up to 10 Project Web site user licenses for use of the Employer/Engineer. Provide 8
hours of software training at Engineer/Employer’s office for Project Web site users.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 6 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Upon completion of Project, provide three complete archive copy of Project Web site files
to Employer and to Engineer in a digital storage format acceptable to the Engineer.

D. Contractor, subcontractors, and other parties granted access by the Contractor to project
Web site shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of an Agreement acceptable to
the Employer and Engineer.

1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated Engineer will schedule and conduct meetings and
conferences. The party responsible for scheduling and conducting a meeting or conference
shall also:

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence
is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Employer and design
consultants as applicable of scheduled meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant
discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone
concerned, including Employer, within 3days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Engineer will schedule and conduct a preconstruction

conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Employer

1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Employer/Engineer, and design consultants
as applicable; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and
other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, and examine
administrative and procedural requirements; including but not necessarily limited to
the following, as applicable:

a. Distribution of the Contract Documents

b. Mobilization
c. Possession of Site
d. Tentative construction schedule.
e. Phasing.
f. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
g. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
h. Lines of communications.
i. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
j. Procedures for RFIs.
k. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
l. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Sustainable design requirements.
o. Preparation of record documents.
p. Use of the premises and existing building (if applicable).
q. Work restrictions.
r. Working hours.
s. Employer's occupancy requirements.
t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
u. Procedures for moisture and mold control.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 7 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.

w. Construction waste management and recycling.
x. Parking availability.
y. Office, work, and storage areas.
z. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
aa. Safety and health
bb. First aid.
cc. Security.
dd. Progress cleaning.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute
meeting minutes.

C. Pre-installation Conferences: Where individual Specification Sections indicate such a

requirement, conduct a pre-installation conference at Project site before each construction
activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in

or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials
and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Notify
Engineer in advance of scheduled meeting dates. The Engineer may or may not attend
pre-installation conferences.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following, as
applicable:

a. Options.
b. Related RFIs.
c. Related Change Orders.
d. Purchases.
e. Deliveries.
f. Submittals.
g. Review of mockups.
h. Possible conflicts.
i. Compatibility problems.
j. Time schedules.
k. Weather limitations.
l. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
m. Warranty requirements.
n. Compatibility of materials.
o. Acceptability of substrates.
p. Temporary facilities and controls.
q. Space and access limitations.
r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
s. Testing and inspecting requirements.
t. Installation procedures.
u. Coordination with other work.
v. Required performance results.
w. Protection of adjacent work.
x. Protection of construction and personnel.
y. Safety and health.
z. Security.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including

required corrective measures and actions.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 8 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party concerned including the
Engineer and to other parties requiring information, within 3 days of the conference.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Project Closeout Conference: Engineer will schedule and conduct a Project closeout
conference, at a time convenient to Employer prior to the scheduled date of Substantial
Completion.

1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project

closeout.
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Employer, Engineer, and design consultants
as applicable; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and
other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout,
including the following:

a. Preparation of record documents.

b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for
final inspection for acceptance.
c. Submittal of written warranties.
d. Requirements for preparing sustainable design documentation.
e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.
f. Requirements for demonstration and training.
g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion
and for final payment.
i. Submittal procedures.
j. Coordination of separate contracts.
k. Employer's partial occupancy requirements.
l. Installation of Employer's furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
m. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.

4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

E. Progress Meetings: The Engineer will conduct progress meetings at weekly or fortnightly
intervals; or more frequently whenever he considers it to be necessary.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Employer/Engineer, and contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved
in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at
these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: The Engineer will set the agenda for each meeting to: review and correct or
approve minutes of previous progress meeting; review other items of significance that
could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Design and Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or
behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine
how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 9 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the
Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:

1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Progress cleaning.
10) Quality and work standards.
11) Status of correction of deficient items.
12) Field observations.
13) Status of RFIs.
14) Status of proposal requests.
15) Pending changes.
16) Status of Change Orders.
17) Pending claims and disputes.
18) Documentation of information for payment requests.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the
meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
4. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's design and construction schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
Issue revised schedule to the Engineer concurrently with the report of each meeting.
within 3 days of meeting,

a. Incorporate into update programmes, the effect of all Variations issued and
agreed as at time of programme update.

5. Reporting: The Engineer will record, prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting
to each party present and to the Employer, together with a brief report summary in
narrative form, of progress, actions required and other significant matters arising
since the previous meeting and report.

F. The Engineer will establish and chair a co-ordination Committee to ensure absolute
co-ordination on all aspects of this Contract. The Engineer will schedule and conduct Project
coordination meetings at regular intervals, or whenever he considers it to be necessary.
Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes,
such as progress meetings and pre-installation conferences.

1. The Engineer at his absolute discretion will determine the following:

a. Committee members and representatives.

b. Location and Frequency.
c. Procedures and processes to be followed in the meetings.
d. Actions and activities instigated by the meetings.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 10 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

The Committee and meetings will be a forum to table and resolve any co-ordination
or co-ordination related matters. It is the Engineer's intention to resolve these issues
by mutual agreement between the parties, however, should this not be possible the
Engineer will make a determination on the issue and it will become formal and
contractually binding on the Contractor or other concerned contractor as the case may
be.

The Contractor must identify a senior individual or individuals to attend co-ordination

meetings and act as a point of contact on all co-ordination issues. These individuals
must be approved in writing by the Engineer who also has the right to remove them
and have them replaced by further approved individuals at his discretion.

It is noted that these meetings are in addition to other project meetings which will be
occurring and that the determination from these higher level co-ordination meetings
must manifest themselves into a series of further lower level meetings to implement
and ensure the practical application of co-ordination throughout the project. It is
incumbent upon the Contractor to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer how
co-ordination is actually being achieved on site.

2. Attendees: In addition to Employer and Engineer, the Contractor and other

contractors employed by the Employer, subcontractors, suppliers, and other entities
concerned with or having a significant part in current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at
these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to their work.
3. Agenda: The Engineer will set the agenda for each meeting to: review and correct or
approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting; review and record other items
of significance that could affect progress; and include topics for discussion,
appropriate to status of Project.

a. The Engineer will review progress since the last coordination meeting.
Determine whether each separate contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or
behind schedule, and the impact thereof on the Contractor's construction
programme. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited;
secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be
completed within the Time for Completion.
b. The Engineer will review present and future coordination needs, including but
not necessarily the following, as applicable:

1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Status of clarification requests.
5) Progress and deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site utilization.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Work hours.
11) Hazards and risks.
12) Safety and health.
13) Security.
14) Progress cleaning.
15) Quality and work standards.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 11 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

16) Variations.
17) Sustainability requirements

4. Programme Updating: The Contractor’s Coordinator will update the Contractor's own
construction programme immediately after each coordination meeting where updates
to the programme have been made or recognized, and forward such updated program
to the Engineer so that it can be issued concurrently with the meeting report.
5. Reporting: The Engineer will record, prepare and distribute minutes of the meeting to
each party present and to the Employer and others affected by decisions or actions
resulting from the meeting.

G. During construction, the Employer and the Engineer may, from time to time, restrict area
and equipment movement required by the Contractor. The Contractor shall cooperate and re
plan his activities, by taking all necessary actions, in order to maintain its overall
performance without additional time or cost. The Contractor shall coordinate the Work with
all other contractors, operators, authorities and stakeholders, and as necessary, follow the
priorities set by the Engineer during times of interference, so as to facilitate the overall
expeditious performance and completion of the facility as a whole. The Engineer may
require that certain facilities be used concurrently by the Contractor and other contractors /
persons.

H. RESTRICTIONS ON METHODS OF WORKING: The Contractor is to ascertain from the

appropriate authorities

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 013100

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - Page 12 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1. Refer to Conditions of Contract and Agreement for definitions and specific dates of
Contract Time.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Preliminary (Programme) schedule.

2. Contractor's construction schedule.
3. Submittals Schedule
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Monthly progress reports
6. Material location reports.
7. Field condition reports.
8. Accident reports
9. Wage book and time sheet records.
10. Special reports.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for preparing a combined

Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for distributing meeting
and conference minutes
3. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
4. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and
inspections.
5. Specifications sections for specific submittal requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,
monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction
schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 1 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as
scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless
otherwise approved by Engineer.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction
project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations
determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of the Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network
schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity
relationships

F. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

G. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Party, but is a jointly
owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule
milestones and Time for Completion.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting
the early start of the successor activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without
adversely affecting the planned Project Time for Completion

H. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the
completion of an activity as scheduled.

I. Fragment: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller
activities for greater detail.

J. Major Area: A work area or storey of construction as applicable, a separate building as

applicable, or a similar significant construction element.

K. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement, including for
example, but not necessarily limited to:

1. Commencement Date.
2. Completion dates for specific Sections or parts of the Works.
3. Wild Air On Date(s).
4. Completion date for the whole of the Works.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with
project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects/engineers and Employers,
and other information specified.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 2 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Submittals Schedule: Submit three (3) copies of the schedule. Arrange the following
information in a tabular format, identifying corresponding programme activity or event
number for each scheduled date:

1. Scheduled date for first submittal.

2. Specification Part number and title.
3. Submittal type and category (action or informational).
4. Name of manufacturer and/or subcontractor, as applicable.
5. Description of the work covered.
6. Scheduled date for the Engineer’s final release or approval.
7. Scheduled dates for Purchase Order and first delivery to Project site.
8. Scheduled date for commencement of installation.

C. Update Submittals Schedules: Submit three (3) copies of update schedules.

D. Programme: Submit two blue- or black-line print copies of programme, large enough to
show entire programme for the entire contract period. In title block indicate "Initial",

E. "Update" as applicable, and date of issue:

1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, on CD-ROM using software indicated,

and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule
(initial or updated) and date on label.

F. Start-up construction schedule.

1. Approval of cost-loaded start-up design and construction schedule will not constitute
approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.

G. Start-up Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire
construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

H. Contractor's Design and Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display
entire schedule for entire construction period.

I. CPM Reports: Concurrent with each CPM schedule submittal, submit three (3) printed
copies of each of the following corresponding, computer-generated report. Format for each
activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource
loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start
date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by major area, then by activity number
and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if
known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of
the Work until most recent Application for Payment.
5. Resource Allocation and Loading Report: List of all resources allocated to schedule
activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or
actual start date if known, including but not necessarily limited to:

a. Number and trade classification of workmen.

b. Quantities of materials and products.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 3 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

c. Contractor's Equipment.

6. Monetary Value Summaries

J. Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies daily, and no later than 4:00 pm on the day
immediately following date of report.

K. Monthly Progress Reports: Submit two copies at monthly intervals. Report progress status
coincidental with cut-off date associated with each Monthly Statement payment application.

1. Submit an electronic copy, using latest version of Project Management software, on a

Compact Disk labelled to comply with requirements for submittals at monthly
intervals.

L. Material Location Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.

M. Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.

N. Special Reports: Submit two copies at time of unusual event.

O. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.

P. Detailed Method Statement for the construction works illustrating the co-ordination with the
Contractors of the other packages.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and

reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of
Engineer's request.

B. Computer Software: Use a professional high-end, reputable project management software,

Primavera latest edition, that has been developed specifically to manage CPM construction
programming, scheduling and reporting indicated for Project. Submit an electronic copy,
using latest version of Primavera Project Management (P6.8.2) software or as requested by
the Engineer, on a Compact Disk labelled to comply with requirements for submittals

1. Primavera Project Management (P6.8.2) software Submit 3 copies

2. Refer to other requirements listed in the Conditions of Contract

C. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements

in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and
procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction
schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.

2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including phases, sections, work sequences, area separations,
interim milestones, interface with other contractors, statutory agencies and authorities
having jurisdiction; staged completion, partial Employer occupancy and the like, as
applicable
4. Review delivery dates for Employer-furnished products.
5. Review schedule (programme) for work of Employer's separate contracts.
6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 4 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting
agencies.
8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
10. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of

construction activities and with programming scheduling and reporting of separate
Contractors in order to avoid any delay pertaining to the time schedule of the other
Contractors.

B. Coordinate Programme with the list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports,
payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities
involved.
2. Coordinate each activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in
proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

A. Preparation: Arrange Submittals Schedule in chronological order by dates required by the

programme. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing,
fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts and Contractor's

Construction Program.
2. Submittal: Submit concurrently with the submittal of completed Contractor's
Programme. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those
required early because of long lead-time for manufacture or fabrication.
3. Update Submittals: Continuously update Submittals Schedule to reflect actual and on-
going current status, including additions to and changes in timing of submittals.
Submit an Update Submittals Schedule on the day before each regular Progress
Meeting.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Procedures: Comply with relevant provisions and requirements contained in the Conditions
of Contract

B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date
of final completion.

1. Time for Completion shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an
early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Variation

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 5 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Arrangement: Arrange activities on programme by Section and/or major area, as applicable

D. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each
principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless

specifically allowed by Engineer.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following
long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate
activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to,
submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in
Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal
review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Indicate and include appropriate time allowances for
startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Taking-Over, and allow time for Engineer's administrative procedures necessary for
certification of Taking-Over. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more
than30 days for punch list and final completion.

E. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents
and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.

2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
3. Work by Employer: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work
performed by Employer.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5. Employer-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
6. Provision of Wild Air: Schedule the early execution of part of the HVAC
installations, such as the chillers, pumps, piping, main air handling units and main
ductwork, to ensure sufficient elements of the HVAC installations can be operated to
provide conditioned air to control the environment during the period when internal
finishing works and decorations, susceptible to environmental temperature and
humidity variations, are being executed before the Works are considered substantially
complete.
7. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction.

b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 6 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

8. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
c. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
h. Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
l. Startup and placement into final use and operation.

9. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion
of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be
sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the
following:

a. Structural completion.
b. Permanent space enclosure.
c. Completion of mechanical installation.
d. Completion of electrical installation.
e. Substantial Completion.

F. Sectional Completions and Milestones: Include in programme, milestones and any and all
sectional completion requirements, indicated in Contract Documents, including but not
necessarily limited to Commencement Date, Wild Air On date(s), dates for Taking-Over,
sections or parts of the Works, and date for Taking-Over the whole of the Works, and any
other milestone specified in the Conditions of Contract.

G. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to

occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following
issues:

1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered RFIs.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.

H. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 21 or more calendar days
behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means
by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to
working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance,
and date by which recovery will be accomplished.

I. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare and update programs and schedules using the
following software programme that has been developed specifically to manage
programming and scheduling.

1. Primavera project manager, Latest Version for Windows operating system

(Professional Version), and Primavera Contract Manger latest edition.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 7 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2.3 PRELIMINARY PROGRAMME (BAR-CHART SCHEDULE)

A. Preliminary Programme: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type or network-type

programme with Tender in accordance with the requirements of the Conditions of Contract
and appended schedules to Instructions to Tenderers”.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant activity separately. Identify first workday of each
week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant activities for first 90 days of the
project. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Works and a cash flow prediction
based on indicated activities.

2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)

A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. Start-up Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 21 days after the date of the Letter of
Acceptance. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction.
Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction
based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare and submit a Contractor's Programme using a CPM network
analysis diagram. Base programme on the Preliminary Programme submitted with Tender
and whatever updating and feedback received to date. Follow procedures and produce CPM
schedule and reports in such form and detail as specified. Incorporate additional
requirements, as the Engineer shall reasonably prescribe.

1. Develop, finalize and submit completed CPM schedule and reports for the Engineer’s
review and consent no later than twenty eight (28) days after the Commencement
date.
2. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not
excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates,
regardless of Engineer's approval of the schedule.
3. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including
subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM
schedule information.
4. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting
progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and and Monthly Statement
payment application dates.
5. Use "one workday" as the unit of time and indicate number of shifts per workday.
6. Use calendar to identify and indicate holidays and other non-work days

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work.
Using the start-up network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical
paths.

1. Activities: Indicate for each activity, the estimated time duration, sequence
requirements, resource requirements and relationship of each activity in relation to
other activities and monetary value. Include dates andestimated time frames for the
following activities:

a. Preparation and processing of submittals.

b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 8 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Employer that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities.
i. Testing and commissioning.
j. Punch list and final completion.
k. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with
Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled
network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as
necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

a. Use resource-levelling method in computing the CPM schedule

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate
paths with most float near the edges.

a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the
critical path.

5. Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to construction activities

on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain Engineer's
approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs
under principal subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and
maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, compliance
with Sustainability requirements stipulated in section 018113 and training (if
applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.

a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by

Engineer
b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the
effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list
indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated
reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.

2. Description of activity.
3. Principal events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6. Early and late finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Calendar for each activity
9. Total float or slack time.
10. Resource allocation and loading of activity
11. Average size of workforce.
12. Monetary value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 9 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

13. Holidays and non-work days

G. Schedule Updating: Updates shall consist of reflecting actual site data and implemented on
the schedule consented to by the Engineer without any changes or amendments or revisions
whatsoever to the said schedule or activities or links therein. Any revisions to the schedule
shall have to be submitted for the prior consent of the Engineer.

H. Prepare (in addition to other specified CPM reports) tabulated reports showing the
following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed.

2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in usage or availability of resources
8. Changes in the Contract Period.

I. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. Indicate actual
versus original planned progress. Monetary Value Summaries: Prepare cash flow
predictions based on indicated activities

1. In first list, tabulate the following:

a. Activity number.
b. Early finish date.
c. Monetary value.
d. Cumulative monetary value.

2. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with
progress meetings.

a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and

"cumulative value completed" with total at bottom.
b. Submit value summary printouts one weekbefore each regularly scheduled
progress meeting.

2.5 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.

2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of
rain or snow.
7. Accidents.
8. Meetings and significant decisions.
9. Unusual events (refer to special reports).
10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 10 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

11. Meter readings and similar recordings.

12. Emergency procedures.
13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14. Change Orders received and implemented.
15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
16. Services connected and disconnected.
17. Equipment or system tests and startups.
18. Partial completions and occupancies.
19. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At [weekly] [monthly] intervals, prepare and submit a

comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be
cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include
with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment
fabricated or stored away from Project site.

C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions

and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request
for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.6 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Employer within one day of an occurrence.
Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.
List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Employer in advance when
these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting

using CPM scheduling.

1. In-House Option: Employer may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if

Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and
reporting techniques. Submit qualifications.
2. Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress,
alleged delays, and time impact.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 11 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Update Contractor's Construction Programs: Continuously monitor performance and

progress of programmed activities, including submittals, procurement and deliveries, supply
and availability of allocated resources, etc. one week before each regularly scheduled
progress meeting, update program to reflect actual progress of construction and activities.
Issue and submit update program and corresponding CPM reports coincidental with each
Monthly Statement payment application, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

1. As work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

C. Revised program: Revise program immediately after each meeting or other activity where
revisions have been recognized and accepted by the Engineer. Issue and submit revised
program within 3 days of such meetings or activities.
Include a report with revised program that indicates every change, including, but not limited
to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

D. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Engineer/Employer, separate

contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a
need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in
the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of
construction activities.

END OF SECTION 013200

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - Page 12 of 12

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 013233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.
3. Final completion construction photographs.
4. Preconstruction video recordings/DVDS.
5. Periodic construction video recordings/DVD.
6. Web-based construction photographic documentation.
7. Demonstration and training videotapes/DVD’s

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting photographic

documentation.
2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic
documentation as project record documents at Project closeout.
3. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of
demonstration of equipment and training of Employer's personnel.
4. Division 02 Section "Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before
building demolition operations commence.
5. Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for photographic
documentation before selective demolition operations commence.
6. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for photographic documentation before site
clearing operations commence.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with
project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects/engineers and Employers,
and other information specified.

B. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points
marked for location and direction of each photograph or videotape/DVD Indicate elevation
or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding set of photographs
videotape/DVD.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 1 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within 2 days of taking photographs.

1. Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels.

2. Format: Minimum 1600 by 1200 pixels, 400 dpi minimum, in unaltered original
files, with same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped, date- and time- stamped, in
folder named by date of photograph, accompanied by key plan file.
3. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file
metadata tag:

a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Engineer.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point),
and elevation or story of construction.
g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

D. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view within two days of
taking photographs.

1. Format: 203-by-254-mm smooth-surface matte color prints on single-weight

commercial-grade photographic paper, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves
that are punched for standard ring binder.
2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped
impression with the following information:

a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Engineer.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point),
and elevation or story of construction.
g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

3. Negatives: Not Applicable.

4. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of corresponding digital image electronic files
with each submittal of prints. Identify electronic media with date photographs were
taken. Submit images that have the same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped.

a. Digital image files shall be for the Engineer's and Employer's free and
unrestricted use.

E. Video Recordings/DVD’s: Submit two copies of each videotape/DVD within two days of
recording.

1. Submit video recordings in digital video disc format acceptable to Engineer and by
posting to project Web site as directed by the Engineer.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 2 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Identification: On each copy provide an applied label with the following information:

a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of photographer.
c. Name of and Engineer.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date video recording was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point),
and elevation or story of construction.
g. Weather conditions at time of recording.

3. Transcript: Prepared on A4 paper, punched and bound in heavy-duty, ring, vinyl-

covered binders. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder.
Include a cover sheet with same label information as corresponding video recording
tape/DVD. Include name of Project and date of video recording tape/DVD on each
page.

F. Web-Based Photographic Documentation: Submit time-lapse sequence video recordings

simultaneously with recording.

1. Submit time-lapse sequence video recordings by posting to project Web site location
shall be advised and monthly on digital video disc/DVDs
2. Identification: For each recording, provide the following information:

a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Engineer
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date(s) and time(s) video recording was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point),
and elevation or story of construction.
g. Weather conditions at time of recording.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a

professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.

B. Web-Based Photographic Documentation Service Provider: A firm specializing in

providing photographic equipment, Web-based software, and related services for
construction projects, with record of providing satisfactory services similar to those required
for Project.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested,
including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities, including temporary lighting
required to produce clear, well-lit photographs.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 3 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.6 USAGE RIGHTS

A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Employer for unlimited
reproduction of photographic documentation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum
sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 1600 by 1200
pixels and 400 dpi.

B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital color videotape in full size disc
in format acceptable to Engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs.

B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in
focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be
accepted.

1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each
photographic location.

C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera,
without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.

1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image.
2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at
Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same manner
as those submitted to Engineer.

D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Site and

surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from
different vantage points, as directed by Engineer.

1. Take additional photographs as required to record in sufficient number and detail to:.

a. Show conditions of existing buildings, structures, site improvements and

features on and/or adjacent to Site, accurately recording any physical
condition, that might otherwise be misconstrued as damage caused by
subsequent demolition or construction operations.
b. Show conditions of existing buildings, structures, assemblies, features or other
components scheduled for selective demolition or dismantling, accurately
recording physical condition, for subsequent reconstruction, restoration or
rehabilitation

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 4 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 36 photographs monthly, to coincide with the

cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show
status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

F. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Photographs: Take 24 photographs as indicated, to

show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

1. Frequency: Take photographs monthly adjusted to coincide with the cutoff date
associated with each Application for Payment.
2. Vantage Points: Following suggestions Engineer and Contractor, photographer to
select vantage points. During each of the following construction phases, take not less
than two of the required shots from same vantage point each time to create a time-
lapse sequence as follows:

a. Commencement of the Work, through completion of subgrade construction.

b. Above-grade structural framing.
c. Exterior building enclosure.
d. Interior Work, through date of Substantial Completion.

G. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 72 color photographs after date of

Substantial Completion for submission as project record documents. The Engineer will
inform photographer of desired vantage points.

1. Do not include date stamp.

H. Additional Photographs: The Engineer may request photographs in addition to periodic

photographs specified. The Contractor shall provide these photographs as part of his
obligations under the Contract within his lump sum price.

1. Two days' notice will be given, where feasible.

2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.
3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited
to, the following:

a. Special events planned at Project site.

b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or
losses.
c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site.
d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work.
e. Extra record photographs at time of Taking-Over.
f. Employer's request for special publicity photographs.
g. Periodic photographs other than on the cutoff date, throughout the month.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDINGS/DVD

A. Video Recording /DVD Photographer: Engage a qualified videographer to record

construction video recordings/DVD.

B. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to
show area of construction. Display continuous running time and date. At start of each
video recording/DVD, record weather conditions from local newspaper or television and the
actual temperature reading at Project site.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 5 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording /DVD by dubbing audio narration off-site
after video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed, recent events,
and planned activities. At each change in location, describe vantage point, location,
direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction.

1. Confirm date and time at beginning and end of recording.

2. Begin each video recording with name of Project, Contractor's name, videographer's
name, and Project location.

D. Transcript: Provide a typewritten transcript of the narration. Display images and running
time captured from video recording opposite the corresponding narration segment.

E. Preconstruction Video Recording/DVD: Before starting construction/DVD, record video

recording of Site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by
Engineer.

1. Show conditions of existing buildings, structures, site improvements and features on

and/or adjacent to Site, accurately recording any physical condition, that might
otherwise be misconstrued as damage caused by subsequent demolition or
construction operations.
2. Show conditions of existing buildings, structures, assemblies, features or other
components scheduled for selective demolition or dismantling, accurately recording
physical condition, for subsequent reconstruction, restoration or rehabilitation.

F. Periodic Construction Video Recordings/DVD: Record video recording monthly, adjusted

to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select
vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last video recordings /DVD
were recorded. Minimum recording time shall be 60 minutes(s).

G. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Video Recordings: Record video recording to show

status of construction and progress.

1. Frequency: During each of the following construction phases, set up video recorder
/DVD to automatically record one frame of video recording /DVD every five
minutes, from same vantage point each time, to create a time-lapse sequence as
follows:

a. Commencement of the Work, through completion of subgrade construction.

b. Above-grade structural framing.
c. Exterior building enclosure.

2. Timer: Provide timer to automatically start and stop video/DVD recorder so

recording occurs only during daylight construction work hours.
3. Vantage Points: Following suggestions Engineer and Contractor, photographer shall
select vantage points.

H. Demonstration and Training Videotapes/DVD’s: Record instruction of the Employer's

personnel in the operation and maintenance of equipment and systems. Edit videotape/DVD
to remove non-instructional conversation. Photographer shall select vantage points to best
show equipment, systems, and procedures demonstrated. Minimum recording time, unless
otherwise indicated or directed, shall be sixteen hours.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 6 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3.3 WEB-BASED CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

A. Live Streaming Construction Site Images: Provide Web-accessible image of current site
image from viewer-controlled location camera(s), updated at 30

B. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Site Recordings: Provide video recording from a fixed-
location camera to show status of construction and progress.

1. Frequency: Record one frame of video recording every 30 minutes, from same
vantage point each time, to create a time-lapse sequence of construction activities.
2. Timer: Provide timer to automatically start and stop video recorder so recording
occurs only during daylight construction work hours.

C. Maintain cameras and Web-based access in good working order in accordance with Web-
based construction photographic documentation service provider's written instructions until
final completion. Provide for service of cameras and related networking devices and
software.

END OF SECTION 013233

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - Page 7 of 7

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural
requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting

Coordination Drawings
2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules
and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule and construction
photographs.
3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports
and Delegated-Design Submittals and for erecting mockups
4. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
5. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings,
record Specifications, and record Product Data.
6. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties project record
documents and operation and maintenance manuals
7. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements
8. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of
demonstration of equipment and training of Employer's personnel.
9. Specification Sections in addition to Division 1 for specific submittal requirements

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as action submittals.

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not
require Engineer’s responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as informational submittals.

C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and
from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet
protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within
which internal and external users are able to access files.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 1 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe
Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-
independent fixed-layout document format.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by

dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time
required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Engineer and
additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and
Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with start-up construction schedule. Include
submittals required during the first 90 days of construction. List those submittals
required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of
long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of
Contractor's construction schedule.

a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and

timing for submittals.

4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:

a. Scheduled date for first submittal.

b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal category: Action, informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for and Engineer’s final release or approval.
g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled dates for installation.
i. Activity or event number.

1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not
be provided by Engineer for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of

construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other

submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless
partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal
schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same
Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 2 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.

a. The Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring

coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Engineer’s receipt of submittal. No extension
of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in
advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 28 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required Engineer will advise
Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same
manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 21 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that
submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to sub- consultants, allow 35 days for
review of each submittal.
5. No extension of the Time for Completion will be authorized because of Contractor's
failure to transmit submittals to Engineer sufficiently in advance of the concerned
operations to permit processing, and resubmittal if necessary

D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each paper copy
submittal item for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 150 by 200 mm on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Engineer.
3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Engineer.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name and address of manufacturer.
h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a

decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01).
Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal
point (e.g., 061000.01.A) or as agreed upon with the Engineer.

i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
l. Other necessary identification.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 3 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

E. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic

submittal file as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling
navigation to each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision
identifier.

a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number
followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-
061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another
decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A). or as agreed upon with the Engineer

3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval
markings and action taken by Engineer.
4. Include the following information on an inserted cover sheet:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Engineer.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
f. Name of subcontractor.
g. Name of supplier.
h. Name of manufacturer.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
l. Related physical samples submitted directly.
m. Other necessary identification.

5. Include the following information as keywords in the electronic file metadata:

a. Project name.
b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
c. Manufacturer name.
d. Product name.
e. Insert additional required information.

F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Engineer.

G. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate and identify on submittals deviations

from the Contract Documents.

H. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and
unless Engineer observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial
submittal may serve as final submittal.

1. For submittals requiring concurrent review, submit one extra copy in addition to
specified number of copies to the Engineer.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 4 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

I. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form attached to a cover letter. The
Engineer will discard, without review, submittals received from sources other than the
Contractor.

1. Cover Letter: On attached, numbered, separate sheet(s), prepared on the Contractor's

letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those
requested by the Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements
of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the
same label information as the related submittal.

a. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies

with requirements of the Contract Documents.

2. Transmittal Form: Use a form acceptable to and approved by the Engineer Provide
locations on form for the following information:
3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:

a. Contract name.
b. Employer’s name.
c. Date.
d. Destination (To :).
e. Source (From :).
f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
g. Category and type of submittal.
h. Submittal purpose and description.
i. Specification Section number and title.
j. Indication of full or partial submittal.
k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
l. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
m. Remarks.
n. Signature of transmitter.

J. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Engineer’s
action stamp.

K. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,

fabricators, and installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for
performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

L. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval notation
from Engineer’s action stamp.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 5 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by

individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual
Specification Sections.

1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Project Web site
specifically established for Project.

a. The Engineer, will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file
as an electronic Project record document file.

2. Submit electronic submittals PDF electronic files on CD-ROM.

3. Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows, unless otherwise
indicated:
4. Initial Submittal: Submit two copies of each submittal where selection of options,
colour, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is required. The Engineer will
return submittal with options selected.
5. Action Submittals: Submit four paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated Submit additional copies where copies are required for operation and
maintenance manuals. The Engineer will retain two copies; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Record (As-Built) Document.
6. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal, unless
otherwise indicated. The Engineer will not return copies.
7. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: The Contractor shall
submit list of spare parts in addition to drafts of the warranties, bonds, maintenance
service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents within the relevant
material submittals for Engineer’s Approval and shall comply with all requirements
specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."
8. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature
of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall
be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of
that entity.

a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically-submitted

certificates and certifications where indicated.
b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and
certifications where indicated.

9. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in

Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction
and type of product or equipment.

1. Provide only copies of original manufacturer published or printed product

information, catalogues, data, colour charts and the like.
2. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published
data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
3. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 6 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

4. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.

b. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. original publication or digitally-scanned electronic
copy in JPEG format.
c. Manufacturer's product specifications.
d. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
e. Standard color charts.
f. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
g. Testing by recognized testing agency.
h. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
i. Notation of coordination requirements.
j. Availability and delivery time information.

5. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.

b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Mill reports.
e. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.
f. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
g. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
h. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
i. Notation of coordination requirements.
j. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying
Shop Drawings.

6. The Contractor shall submit the list of spare parts for all products/systems for
Engineer’s Approval within the Material Submittals.
7. The Contractor shall submit drafts of the relevant warranties, bonds, maintenance
service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents for Engineer’s
approval within the Material Submittals
8. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
9. Submit Product Data in the following format:

a. One PDF electronic file.

b. four paper copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated .The Engineer,
will return two copies.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not

base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the

following information, as applicable:

a. Dimensions; in SI units unless otherwise indicated or directed.

b. Identification of products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring.
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns
h. Schedules.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 7 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

i. Design calculations.
j. Compliance with specified standards.
k. Notation of coordination requirements.
l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
m. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
n. Seal and signature of professional Engineer if specified.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed

wiring.
Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least A4 size, and no larger than A0 size, unless
otherwise approved.
3. Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows:

a. Initial Submittal: Submit four black-line or colour prints. The Engineer will
return one print.
b. Final Submittal: Submit four black-line or colour prints, unless otherwise
indicated. Submit additional prints where prints are required for operation and
maintenance manuals. The Engineer will retain three prints; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned print as a Record (As-Built)
Drawing.

D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Section "Project Management and

Coordination" and "Summary of Multiple Contracts

E. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories

together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:

a. Generic description of Sample.

b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.

3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples in field offices at Project site, in a

secure, lockable store room, provided and equipped specifically for that purpose.
Make available for the Engineer’s reference during normal working hours, for
quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample
sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each
set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Indicate such as special requests on transmittal and
obtain approval for disposition in the Works Such Samples must be in an
undamaged condition at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as
Employer’s property, are the property of Contractor.

4. Prepare physical units of materials or products Comply with requirements in

Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 8 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units
or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color,
pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line the Engineer, will return submittal with options
selected.

6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated,

prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner
specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that
show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not
limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components;
small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials;
swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used
for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. The Engineer will retain
one Sample sets; remainder will be returned. marked with action taken

1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship,

fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar
characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in
material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of
paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

F. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written

summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product

2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
5. Submit product schedule in the following format:

a. electronic file in the format agreed upon by the Engineer.

b. two paper copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated The
Engineer, will return one auctioned marked copy.

G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01

Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

H. Subcontract List: Prepare and submit a list identifying subcontractor individuals or firms
proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or
equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying

products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
4. Submit subcontract list in the following format:

a. electronic file.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 9 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

b. Number of Copies: two paper copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise

indicated The Engineer will return one actioned marked copy.

I. Sustainability Submittals: Submit sustainability submittals in the following format

a. electronic file.
b. Two paper copies unless otherwise indicated.

J. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section

"Project Management and Coordination."

K. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Parts.

1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
The Engineer will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarised statement that includes signature
of the Contractor, testing agency, or design professional responsible for preparing
certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other
individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Section 1 Part 10 "Quality
Requirements

L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and

experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, contact information of Engineers and Employers, and other information
specified.

M. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure
Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on American Welding
Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

N. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is
authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

O. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead

certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

P. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

R. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance
with requirements in the Contract Documents.

S. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency,
or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 10 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

T. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for
Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization.

2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers' names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.

U. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01

Section "Quality Requirements."

V. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on

testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before
installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract
Documents.

W. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.

X. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests
performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final
location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Y. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation

and Maintenance Data."

Z. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not
limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and
calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a
summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of
software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

AA. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents

manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number
of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

BB. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized

service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative

making report.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 11 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Parts.

CC. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits
of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a

design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,
provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria
indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,

submit a written request for additional information to Engineer.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

other required submittals, submit digitally-electronic file and three paper copies of
certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and
system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design
professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in
the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in
performing these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination
with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to the
Engineer.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in

Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Contract
name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of
reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been
reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 12 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3.2 ENGINEER'S ACTION

A. General: The Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear the Contractor's approval
stamp and will return them without action.

B. Engineer's Action: The Engineer's review is limited only to checking conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. It is not
conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of details,
dimensions or quantities, nor substantiating integrity or compatibility, nor confirming
instructions for installation or performance. The Engineer’s approval does not in any way
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with specified provisions and the
Contract Document requirements.

C. Action Submittals: The Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or modifications required, and return it to the Contractor. The Engineer will
stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate
action taken, as follows:

1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where the submittal is marked "APPROVED", the work
covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Contract
Documents. Final acceptance of the work will depend on that compliance.
2. Final-but-Restricted Release: Where the submittal is marked "APPROVED AS
NOTED", the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with
both the Engineer’s notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract
Documents. Final acceptance of the work will depend on that compliance.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: Where the submittal is marked "NOT APPROVED,
REVISE AND RESUBMIT", do not proceed with the work covered by the submittal,
including purchase, fabrication, delivery, or other activity for the product submitted.
Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the Engineer's notations and
corrections.
4. Rejected: Where the submittal is marked "NOT APPROVED, RESUBMIT" or
"REJECTED", do not proceed with the work covered by the submittal. Prepare a new
submittal for a product that complies with the Contract Documents

D. Informational Submittals: The Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or
will return it if it does not comply with requirements. The Engineer will forward each
submittal to appropriate party.

E. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial
submittals has received prior approval from The Engineer.

F. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returned without review.

G. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be
discarded.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 13 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3.3 MOCKUP REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Construct and erect complete mock-up in accordance with the directions of the
Employer and Engineer, and in the location determined by the Engineer and as required in
the Contract Documents.

B. Comply with the comments of the Employer and the Engineer with the respect to the
product, colour scheme and workmanship.

C. Revise product submittal, if necessary, in accordance with the Employer and the Engineer
Comments

END OF SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - Page 14 of 14

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 013520 - HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORKS

A. The Scope of Works as defined in the Tender Documents shall, in addition to whatever is
described therein, include responsibility for the management and control of all health, safety
and environmental protection including all other related aspects of the project and the site.
Such responsibility shall not be limited to the project, but shall extend to the works and
activities of all Appointed Contractors, including nominated subcontractor, suppliers and
other persons working on or visiting the Site. This shall include, but not be limited to the
following:

1. Provision of suitable welfare facilities including drinking water, drainage, and

sanitary disposal with sufficient ventilation and lighting where practical
2. Safety consultation and the conduct of regular toolbox meetings
3. Emergency procedures including fire-fighting facilities, appliances and training
4. Suitable first-aid provisions including training of staff in first-aid skills and the
process for emergency rescue
5. Site access control and site security in coordination with the emergency procedures
6. Site traffic management which shall include site access routes/ circulation and speed
restriction/ directional signage
7. Environmental management and protection measures against pollution and habitat
preservation
8. Site communication systems including suitable audible alarm system
9. Housekeeping duties and waste management
10. Provision and distribution of temporary electrical services including RCD protection
for mains powered tools
11. Allocation of space and control of contractors’ Site facilities and storage areas
12. Organisation of Site craneage, hoisting facilities and all lifting operations
13. Provision and distribution of temporary utilities required for all works on the Project
14. Organisation of final cleanup of the works prior to completion and handover
15. Suitable storage and segregation of flammable materials

B. Should there be any conflict or discrepancy between the requirements of this section and
any other provisions of the Contract Documents relative to health safety and environmental
protection (HSE) procedures, the requirements of this Section shall prevail.

C. In fulfilment of the above obligations and responsibilities the provisions and proposals of all
Associated Contractors and Nominated Subcontractors including any others already
working on the Site must be reviewed. Such provisions and proposals must be integrated
into the HSE plan to ensure the overall management and control of the HSE aspects,
facilities and activities of the Project on the Site are as defined above. Consult and
coordinate with any Associated Contractors, etc. and identify and correct any deficiencies in
their provisions and proposals relative to those functions of control and management of the
HSE procedures on the Project and Site.

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 1 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.2 HEALTH AND SAFETY INFORMATION:

A. Submit a construction phase health and safety plan (CPHSP) within 28 days of the issue of
the Letter of Acceptance which should describe the Contractor’s organization and resources
which is proposed to be deployed; and undertake to safeguard the health and safety of
operatives including those of associated contractors, nominated subcontractors and general
visitors to site, including the employees of the Employer and the Engineer.
The construction phase plan (CPHSP) shall include, but not limited to:-

1. A copy of the health and safety policy, statement, proposals and commitment
2. Records of training and training policies
3. The numbers and type of staff to be responsible for health and safety on this Project
with details of their qualifications and duties, and how the responsibility for health
and safety management is devolved to the workforce.
4. Programme of Implementation
5. Roles and Responsibility of all involved within the project including a structured
organogram
6. Project specific risk assessments and method statements including assessments for
controlling and storing hazardous substances (COSHH)
7. Emergency arrangements for fire, explosions, and terrorist bomb threats that present
life threatening situations
8. Emergency preparedness and response including emergency rescue procedures
9. Measures to reduce occupational health including noise, vibration, dust
10. Details on the procedure for monitoring and measurement, workplace inspections,
health surveillance, incident investigation, corrective and preventative action, and
records
11. High risk working procedures covering excavations, work at height, confined space,
hot works, ensuring that a suitable permit to work system is enforced
12. Information regarding the selection and use of appointed subcontractors
13. Information regarding the selection and use of plant and work equipment
14. A strategic HSE induction programme that entails all of the above

1.3 HEALTH AND SAFEY RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

A. Accept responsibility for overall control, co-ordination, supervision and administration of

the whole of the Project in respect of health and safety management, including all associated
contractors, nominated subcontractors, suppliers and visitors.

B. Arrange and monitor a programme for health, safety and environmental management with
each associated contractor, and subcontractor, and supply all information as necessary for
the safe coordination of all work activities relative to the health and safety on the Site.

C. Prepare a Health and Safety Programme for the Project, covering times of working, partial
handovers etc. and ensure this programme takes into account the work of all associated
contractors and subcontractors, whether nominated or otherwise.

1. In addition to the constant management and supervision of the Project and Site in
respect of health and safety provided by the Contractor’s person in charge, ensure all
significant or hazardous/risky types of work are under the close control of competent
safety supervisors to ensure maintenance of satisfactory safety standards

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 2 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. The Employer and the Engineer have set the following health and safety goals for the
project in pursuit of Target Zero:

a. Zero Accident
b. Zero Incidents

D. Engage suitably competent and adequately resourced staff, and ensure that associated
contractors do likewise to their subcontractors by ensuring that HSE targets are met and that
sufficient training is reviewed, and that reports on a daily, weekly, monthly, six monthly and
annual basis in respect of health and safety management are made available to the
Employer’s and the Engineer’s safety personnel. Always ensure that all the workers have
been provided with suitable health and safety information, instruction and training in respect
to their work activities.

E. Ensure the involvement of the entire workforce, as subcontractors and suppliers may need to
make special arrangements for workers with different languages. This could include
providing translation, using interpreters or replacing written notices with clearly understood
symbols or diagrams.

F. Comply with all current legislation, regulations and local standards, both national and
international, and define how the requirements of these documents are being met. Ensure
copies of these documents are readily available either in hard copies or for access via
computer links.

G. Adequately safeguard the Site, its works, products, materials, plant and any existing
buildings or structures from damage and theft. Take all reasonable precautions to prevent
unauthorised access to the Site, the Works and any adjoining properties. Prepare and enforce
all necessary site rules, provide relevant parts of the HSE plan and other information to
subcontractors and suppliers in sufficient time for them to plan their work.

H. Take the reasonable steps to prevent access by unauthorized persons to the Site by
displaying suitable signage around the site perimeter and main gate entrance. Only persons
who are explicitly authorized, individually or collectively, should be allowed access. The
authorization may cover the whole site, or to be restricted to certain areas. Authorized
people should have relevant site rules explained to them and undertake any necessary site
induction, and should comply with site rules and co-operate with the stated requirements.
Some authorized visitors may need to be supervised or accompanied while on site or when
visiting specific areas.

I. Provide specific information about the particular risks associated with the Site and the
arrangements made for their control. A site induction is not intended to provide general
health and safety training, but it should include a site-specific explanation of senior
management commitment to health and safety outlining the project, individual’s immediate
line manager and any other key personnel, any site-specific health and safety risks. In
general this site induction shall address access, transportation and storage of hazardous
substances (COSHH), site contamination, manual handling, control measures on the site,
arrangements for first aid, arrangements for reporting accidents and other incidents, details
of any planned training, such as ‘toolbox’ talks, arrangements for consulting and involving
workers in health and safety and information about the individual’s responsibilities for
health and safety.

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 3 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

J. Ensure that adequate measures are implemented on Site to assure the stability and structural
integrity of the Works during construction and support as necessary. Prevent overloading of
structures. Check the adequacy and structural integrity and stability of all erected
scaffolding and other temporary “work access” systems and sign-off prior to use.

1. Existing buildings or structures adjacent to the Site will be occupied and/or used
during the Contract.
2. Ensure the works are carried out safely and without due inconvenience and nuisance
and without danger to occupants and users or equipment/ vehicles and provide for
safe operation of the existing facilities.
3. Passes may be required for access to all parts of the Site. If required by the
Employer, submit a list of the names of all personnel requiring passes together with
any other related information the Employer or Engineer may reasonably require.
Ensure passes are carried at all times and returned to the Employer when requested
and in any case on cessation of the work of the pass holder.
4. Ensure the interaction of local residents and pedestrians is minimized at all times and
that contractors vehicles do not obstruct access to property and residential areas.

K. Comply with all rules and regulations listed within the Tender and Contract Documents and
the ‘Site Safety Plan’ issued with those Documents. Ensure these rules and regulations are
made known to all employees and visitors at safety inductions, and that these rules and
regulations are displayed where all may see them.

L. Comply with OHSAS 18001: 2007 and ISO 14001:2004 standards.

M. Inform the Employer and the Engineer in advance of all safety provisions and procedures
which will require the compliance of the Employer’s and the Engineer’s representatives
when visiting the site.

N. Work notification/permit to work procedures will operate for all work carried out: Permits
must be obtained in advance where deemed necessary from the Employer and/or the
relevant authorities having jurisdiction: Ensure that a permit to work system is also in place
for hazardous activities that may occur within the Site boundary as opposed to operational
areas, this may include activities such as, but not restricted to:

1. Hot Work
2. Confined Spaces
3. Electrical (Live Working)
4. Excavations
5. Lone Working
6. Demolitions / Explosions.
7. Lifting Operations.
8. Etc.

O. Take all reasonable precautions to prevent pollution of the Site, its works, the adjacent
facilities, the surrounding drainage and water supplies and the general environment. Provide
within the construction health and safety plan (CPHSP) a detailed method statement as to
how this requirement will be undertaken and monitored including frequency of checks etc.

P. Remove waste, rubbish, debris, surplus materials and spoil regularly and keep the Site and
works clean and tidy. Ensure that all waste, rubbish, dirt and other residue are removed
from voids and cavities in the construction before closure. Ensure that all roadways and
pedestrian areas are kept clean and clear and free from debris at all times.

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 4 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

Q. Take all necessary measures to prevent personal injury, death and damage to the Works or
other adjacent property or equipment from fire or explosion:

1. DO NOT: allow the burning of materials arising from the works on Site.
2. Designate safe “smoking” areas on the Site and ensure that no smoking is done in
areas other than those so designated.
3. Ensure suitable fire-fighting equipment is available on Site
4. Undertake frequent emergency drills and regular inspections

R. Take all necessary precautions to avoid excessive electromagnetic disturbance of apparatus

outside the Site.

S. During work and inspections of all types provide temporary lighting, the intensity and
direction of which closely resembles that provided by the permanent installation.

T. Install, use and store construction laser equipment in accordance with the manufacturers’
instructions. Use either Class 1 or Class 2 laser equipment ensuring that the laser beam is
not set at eye level, and that the beam is terminated at the end of its useful path.

U. Adequately maintain roads and footpaths both around the Site and adjacent to the Site and
keep clear of dust, mud and debris.

V. Propose methods of work for effects on adjacent structures inside and outside the Site
boundary. Ensure the provision and maintenance during the execution of the works of all
incidental shoring, strutting, needling and other supports and dewatering installations as
may be necessary to preserve the stability of existing structures on the Site or adjoining, that
may be endangered or affected by the works. Support existing structure as necessary during
cutting of new openings or replacement of structural parts. Monitor adjacent structures and
immediately report excessive movement to the Engineer. Allow for the removal of supports
only after new work is strong enough to support the existing structure. Prevent overstressing
of completed work when removing supports.

W. Define and produce an overall Site-specific construction health and safety plan (CPHSP) for
the Project, for review and approval by the Employer and the Engineer. This plan should
not be generic in nature and must build on the information provided within the Tender and
Contract Documents, specifically the ‘Project Site Safety Plan’ issued.

1. The plan must be prepared, submitted for review prior to the start of construction
activities on the Works of the Contract and also be available for review at any time
during the construction period. It should be implemented and managed as an
operational document throughout the Project and available for all who may be
affected by its contents.
2. It must be clear in its purpose, well structured, relevant and easy for associated
contractors and others to understand. It should not contain irrelevant material.
3. The plan should clearly identify the correct methods of operation and any associated
risks therein.

X. Provide all own staff and all the Employer’s and Engineer’s staff and visitors for the
duration of Project (including Mobilization & Defects Notification Period) with all PPE and
other safety related items sufficient for the construction of the Project as per the Health and
Safety Plan and the Engineer’s instructions in this respect.

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 5 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.4 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN

A. Health and Safety Plan must be developed and submitted to the Engineer for review and
approval within 28 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance and is to include as a
minimum the following:

B. Description of the Project

1. Project Description and Programme details, including health and safety management
details.
2. Details of all Associated Contractors, etc. including names and contact numbers of
those responsible for health and safety affairs, type of work to be undertaken, etc.
3. Content & extent of all documents are to include but not restricted to the following:

a. locations and contact numbers of all emergency services

b. operational systems
c. plans (traffic management, emergency arrangements, transport logistics)
d. location of existing records and plans that are relevant to health and safety on
site, including information about existing structures and buried services
e. method statements
f. risk assessments
g. inspection reports
h. training
i. emergency response and rescue information
j. partial and comprehensive evacuation plans

C. Arrangements for communication and management of the Works includes:

1. Regular liaison between all persons and entities on site in order to discuss design
information. Discussions on design changes during the project should be made
available to all other parties on Site, particularly in respect of health and safety
management, its operation and how information is to be disseminated to the other
parties involved on the Project.
2. Monitoring and review health and safety performance and operational management
systems.
3. Regularly reviewing the management structure and responsibilities related to health
and safety goals for the project and arrangements for monitoring and review of health
and safety performance.
4. Consultation with the workforce in respect of health and safety issues, taking in to
account the diversity of cultures and languages in use on the Site. Define how the
culture and language issues will be dealt with both at operational and management
level.
5. The exchange of information between all parties particularly the control of and
transfer of health and safety information between all types of contractors and all
levels of employees on Site, and ensuring it is understood.
6. The selection and control of contractors, and sub-contractors, and the liaison methods
in place in respect of health and safety.
7. The security of the defined Site, including access and egress controls, and site rules.
8. Site safety inductions and orientation for all employees and visitors, and further
training of all employees in respect of activities requiring specialist health and safety
training. These arrangements should indicate how the Contractor ensures all
employees have understood their health and safety duties (tests and reviews).
9. The provision of welfare facilities and first aid at all times of activity.

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 6 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

10. Arrangements for recording, reporting and investigation of accidents and incidents,
including application of systems for future prevention of accidents and incidents and
near misses.
11. The production, reviewing, approval and monitoring of application of risk
assessments and method statements and the process whereby these documents are
provide for review by the necessary authorities.
12. The setting of, monitoring, inspection and application of both contractual and
additional Site rules, including a disciplinary system for non-compliances.
13. Fire and emergency procedures, including call out procedures for out-of-hours
incidents/accidents/dangerous occurrences.
14. The establishment of the need for personal protective equipment, and or clothing
throughout the Site, including procedures for monitoring non-compliances with these
procedures and a disciplinary system.
15. Inspection, monitoring and review of activities throughout the Project, including
liaison systems between Associated Contractors, etc. affected by these activities at
both management and operational levels.
16. The provision of necessary location and direction signage during construction,
required to identify clearly all parts of the Site and the Project, in particular for the
benefit of Employer and visitors. Such signage shall be modified and updated on a
regular basis to reflect the progress and development of works on Site.

D. Arrangements for controlling significant Site risks:

1. The risks detailed may not be all of the significant risks associated with the work
processes, and are indicative of those that may become apparent on the Site. Identify
significant hazards and undertake a risk assessment of those hazards based on the
systems detailed within the Tender and Contract Documents, and ensure all
associated contractors and subcontractors utilize the same system. These risks should,
where necessary, be subject to the production of method statements for reviewing by
the Engineer and any authority, having jurisdiction. The following risks must also be
included within the Project Health, Safety and Environmental Plan (CPHSP):

a. Services, including water, electricity and gas, including overhead power lines
for both temporary and permanent electrical installations
b. Working at height including prevention of falls and falling materials
c. Ground conditions
d. Large numbers of personnel
e. Work with or near fragile materials
f. Control of lifting operations (cranes, hoists, mobile elevating working
platforms)
g. The maintenance and use of plant and equipment
h. Unstable ground conditions
i. Unstable structures both during construction and demolition
j. Demolition and dismantling
k. Traffic routes and segregation of vehicles and pedestrians, particularly
personnel movement around site
l. Storage and use of hazardous materials (COSHH)
m. Adjacent land use (operational airport, nearby highway)
n. Fuel storage
o. Fire and explosion
p. Manual handling and associated issues
q. Reducing noise and vibration
r. Dust
s. Radioactive isotopes and X-rays
t. Flying objects and debris (FOD)

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 7 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

u. Working below ground and at depth

v. Confined spaces, including wells, underground earthworks, and tunnels
w. Standing water (dewatering processes)
x. Weather (wind, rain, thunder-storms, heat, humidity etc.)
y. Transport of construction materials
z. Storage and removal of waste
aa. Temporary works (scaffolding, formwork, false work etc.)
bb. Stability of structures including temporary structures and existing unstable
structures
cc. Violent behaviour
dd. Delivery and removal of materials (including waste) and any work equipment
taking into account any risks to the public, for example during access and
egress to and from the Site
ee. Occupational health risks, including: manual handling and the use of hazardous
substances (COSHH) where there is a need for health monitoring which will
include reducing noise and vibration levels, working with ionising radiation
and exposure to UV radiation (from the sun)
ff. Water, where there is a risk of drowning
gg. Other specified or identified risks

E. Method Statements for inclusion within the submitted Health and Safety Plans

1. In order to ensure that the submitted construction stage safety plan is Project specific
a number of method statements must be supplied with and as the first stage of this
plan, for review prior to commencement of construction on the Works of the
Contract. These statements must follow the format detailed within the Tender and
Contract Documents.
2. Method Statements shall fully describe and define the construction task and activity,
and must be submitted to the Engineer for review.
3. Each method statement shall, notwithstanding the requirements of the Tender and
Contract Documents, will be written clearly to enable those doing the work to
understand fully the details of the specific task, and the necessary health and safety
requirements and must contain the following details where applicable:

a. Heading & Documentation Layout

1) Company Details - Address, Tel & Fax No’s & E-mail

2) Title - What task(s)? + Ref No
3) Employer / Main Contractor(s)
4) Location of Works - General & Specific
5) Name of Company Contact + Phone No
6) Start Date & Duration of Works
7) Page & Paragraph Numbers

b. Description

1) General Scope of Works

2) Sequence - Explanation of Operation(s) / Process(‘s)

c. Resources

1) No of Personnel - for Task(s) / Operation / Process

2) Plant / Equipment / Tools to be used (+ Task Lighting?)
3) Transportation - Delivery & Collection Procedure(s)
4) Materials - Delivery to Area(s) of Work(s) & Storage

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 8 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

d. Control Measures to be used

1) Induction Training + Task Specific Training?

2) Permits - Hot Works, Areas of High Risk,
3) Hazard Signage - Specific Tasks as required
4) Access & Egress - Security / Signing In & Out

e. PPE and Welfare & Temp Accommodation Facilities

1) Type(s) of PPE to be used

2) Office (if req’d), Canteen, Rest Room, Drying Room

f. Emergency Arrangements

1) First Aider - Name, Position + Contact Details

2) First Aid Kit - Availability & Location
3) Special / Specific Rescue Procedures required

g. Protective Systems / Measures

1) Temp Systems - What / Who provided by? (Fire Points, Elec, Water)
2) Safe Guards - Barriers, Fencing, Screens, etc.
3) Others - Site Personnel / Occupiers / Visitors / Public

h. Risk Assessment & Noise Monitoring

1) Individual Task(s) + Related Hazards

2) Persons affected
3) Risk Rating - Probability x Consequence
4) Control Measures - Each Individual Task(s)
5) Assessor’s - Name, Position + Signed & Dated
6) Noise Monitoring Required for Task(s)?

i. COSHH Assessment + Storage & HF Liquids & Gases

1) Relevant Safety Data Sheets (Within 5 Years of issue) for all Hazardous
Substances / Materials / Liquids / Gases.
2) Designated Storage for COSHH items and Gas Cylinders

j. Monitoring & Compliance

1) Supervisor - Name, Position + Contact Details

2) Assessor’s - Name, Position + Signed & Dated

k. This does not however exclude the duties to manage health and safety on the
Site after acceptance by the Employer and the Engineer of the plan; thus the
development and inclusion of further method statements for hazardous
activities is a fundamental requirement.

4. The Method Statements required are detailed below:

a. Security of the Site

b. Health and Safety Induction Processes, including the means of dealing with the
cultural and language issues
c. Segregation/protection of areas where work is in progress (Fencing)

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 9 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

d. Control of noise
e. Control of dust
f. Traffic management
g. Work at height
h. Confined spaces
i. Buried and overhead services
j. Hazardous substances (COSHH)
k. Fire Prevention
l. Working over / adjacent to watercourses
m. Housekeeping
n. Electrical Installations (including temporary installations)
o. Material storage
p. Excavations
q. Piling Works
r. Contaminated Land
s. Welfare
t. Lifting operations
u. Selection and use of PPE

1.5 MANAGEMENT OF RESIDUAL RISK

A. The purpose of this section is to include adequate information about the structure or
materials used which might affect the health or safety of anyone carrying out construction or
cleaning work or of anyone who may be affected by such work.
B. Ensure the production and collation of information for management of the residual risks that
remain to be dealt with by the Employer as a result of the design and construction process;
this should include as a minimum the following:
1. Future maintenance;
2. Cleaning;
3. Access Requirements / Restrictions;
4. Working space requirements;
5. Details of key structural principles, including safe working floor and roof loads;
6. Details of construction methods and materials, including dated data sheets, which
may present residual hazards with respect to cleaning, maintenance, repair,
renovation or demolition;
7. General maintenance instructions including access provision and information about
equipment provided for cleaning and maintaining the building fabric;
8. The nature, location and markings of utilities and services, including emergency and
fire-fighting equipment;
9. Details of hazard substances (COSHH) associated with the materials used in the
construction;
10. Any residual hazards which remain and how they have been dealt with (for example
surveys or other information concerning asbestos; contaminated land; water bearing
strata; buried services etc.);
11. Key structural principles (for example, bracing, sources of substantial stored energy –
including pre- or post-tensioned members) and safe working loads for floors and
roofs, particularly where these may preclude placing scaffolding or heavy machinery
there;
12. Hazardous materials (COSHH) used (for example lead paint; pesticides; special
coatings which should not be burnt off etc.);
13. Information regarding the removal or dismantling of installed plant and equipment
(for example any special arrangements for lifting, order or other special instructions
for dismantling etc.);

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 10 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

14. Health and safety information about equipment provided for cleaning or maintaining
the structure; and
15. Information and as-built drawings of the structure, its plant and equipment (for
example, the means of safe access to and from service voids, fire doors and
compartmentalisation etc.).

C. The Management of Residual Risk Plan must be provided in a format and with sufficient
detail that the Employer and the Engineer can identify hazards and risks for Employer’s
employees and future contractors to enable work to be carried out safely without the
requirement to undertake searches surveys etc. that in themselves may prove hazardous.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 013520

HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENT 013520 - Page 11 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction

activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in
those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-
assurance and control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract
Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services
required by Engineer, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions
of this Section.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a

schedule of required tests and inspections.
2. Specifications sections in addition to Division 1 Sections for specific test and
inspection requirements.
3. Specification sections in addition to Division 1 for specific mock-up requirements not
indicated in this Section

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and

during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that
proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and
after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract
enforcement activities performed by the Engineer.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 1 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Mockups: Full size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are
constructed to verify selections made under sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination,
testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate
compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless
otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be
judged.

D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by a testing agency qualified to
conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish
product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e.,
plant, mill, factory, or shop.

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for
installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an

employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that
certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or
that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or trades.

I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having

successfully completed a minimum five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent
to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.4 DELEGATED DESIGN

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a

design professional are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,
provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria
indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,

submit a written request for additional information to the Engineer.

1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are
different, but apparently equal, to Engineer for a decision before proceeding.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 2 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall
be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with
the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable
limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or
maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Engineer
for a decision before proceeding.

1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials
and size of mockup construction.

1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.

2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and

responsibilities.

B. Contractor's Quality-Control Manager Qualifications: For supervisory personnel.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance"

Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in
the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority

D. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other

required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to the Contractor to be
designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are
in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads,
and other factors used in performing these services.

E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.

2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
3. Description of test and inspection.
4. Identification of applicable standards.
5. Identification of test and inspection methods.
6. Number of tests and inspections required.
7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN

A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 15 days of Notice to

Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format
acceptable to Engineer. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records,
and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control
responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 3 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and

experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures
similar in nature and extent to those required for Contract.

1. Project quality-control manager shall not have other Project responsibilities.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements

through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel
responsible for submittal review.

D. Testing and Inspection: Include in quality-control plan a comprehensive schedule of Work

requiring testing or inspection, including the following:

1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests

and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests
and inspections.
2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the
"Statement of Special Inspections."

E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during

construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and
inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into
compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and
approved mockups.

F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of
approved and rejected results. Include work Engineer has indicated as nonconforming or
defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance
with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other
Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing
and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies
with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 4 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information

documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in
other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information

documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections
specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative

making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Employer's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents,
established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the
Work.

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels
required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems

similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those

indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as
sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or

assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to

practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 5 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall
be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall
satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for

specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329 or similar
recognised standard, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be
performed.and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where
required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of

manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect
installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of

manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project.

J. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for

compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the
following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials

and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately
demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements.
b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and
analysing results to prevent delaying the Works.
c. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on the
Works.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test,

inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to the Engineer, with copy to
Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for
each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements,
using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by the
Engineer.
2. Notify the Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ
workers that will be employed during the construction at the Project.
4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 6 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

5. Obtain the Engineer's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or

construction.

a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for

judging the completed Work.
7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.

L. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup in accordance with

approved Shop Drawings Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and
products for which mockups are required in individual specification sections, along with
supporting materials.

M. Room Mockups: Construct room mockups incorporating required materials and assemblies,
finished in accordance with requirements. Provide required lighting and additional lighting
where required to enable Engineer to evaluate quality of the Work.

1.11 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Employer Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as the Employer's

responsibility, the Employer will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these
services.

1. The Employer will furnish the Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and
inspecting they are engaged to perform., the services of which are to be engaged by
the Contractor at his own costs

2. Where the Specifications states that the Employer shall or reserves the right to,
engage the services of a qualified testing Agency to carry out tests, etc., such tests
shall be undertaken by a third party QA/QC bodies and / or testing agencies, as
specified for quality control testing and/or third party inspections, the services of
which are to be engaged by the Contractor at his own costs
3. Costs for performing testing, retesting and re-inspecting construction that replaces or
is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be
charged to the Contractor.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: engage and provide quality-control services specified and

required by authorities having jurisdiction and bear all costs.

1. Where services are indicated as the Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified

testing agency, acceptable to the Engineer to perform these quality-control services.
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as the Contractor's responsibility, submit
a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspecting requested by the Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are the Contractor's responsibility and cost of which shall be borne by the
contractor.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to

inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service
connections. Report results in writing.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 7 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were the

Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and re-
inspecting, for construction of revised or replaced work that failed to comply with
requirements established by the Contract Documents.

E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with the Engineer and the Contractor in
performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and
inspections.

1. Notify the Engineer and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies

observed in the work during performance of its services.
2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from requirements.
3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through the Contractor.
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Works.
5. Do not perform any duties of the Contractor.

F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel.
Provide the following:

1. Access to the Site / work.

2. Incidental labour and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site.

G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance

and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing
and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar
quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 28
days of Commencement Date.

I. Distribution: Distribute schedule to the Employer, The Engineer, testing agencies, and each
party involved in performance of portions of the Works where tests and inspections are
required

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 8 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests
and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and pay all related costs.

1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control

procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to
perform the Work.
2. Notifying the Engineer, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies
observed in the Work during performance of its services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-
control service to the Engineer, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having
jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion,
which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

1.13 QUALITY CONTROL OF OFF-SITE WORKS

A. The Contractor shall impose quality control methods at the location of the manufacture,
fabrication and assembly of items to be incorporated in the Works to ensure that they
conform to requirements of the Contract Documents. This quality control shall not apply to
proprietary catalog production products except as may be deemed necessary by the
Contractor or as directed by the Engineer.

B. The Contractor’s quality control representative off-Site shall be responsible for the release
of items for shipment to the Project Site.

C. The Contractor shall provide notice to the Engineer in writing at least 21 days in advance of
packing of every batch of product components or assemblies so that the Employer and
Engineer and their designated representatives may have the opportunity at his/their choice of
inspecting any such product components or assemblies prior to shipment.

D. The products requiring factory, shop, supplier’s or subcontractor’s inspection are identified
in relevant sections of the Specifications.

E. Acceptance of product components or assemblies prior to shipment shall not imply final
acceptance under the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 9 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to the Engineer.

4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access
to test and inspection log for the Engineer reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched
areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as
invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting
and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of

responsibility for quality-control services.

3.3 CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION

A. General: The Contractor is responsible for quality assurance and quality control of the
Works, including portions of the Works performed by his subcontractors and suppliers.

B. Staff: The Contractor must appoint Site staff, led by a Project Quality Control Manager,
dedicated to quality control of the Works. The Quality Control Manager must have prior
experience in the same capacity on similar projects of comparable type and size. Qualified
quality control engineers must be employed as required to assure quality in accordance with
the Contract Documents. Quality control engineers shall report to the Project Quality
Control Manager.

C. Staff Authority: The quality control staff is to have full authority within the Contractor’s
organization to take action necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents.
The quality control staff and organization must be approved by the Engineer.
D. Engineer’s Monitoring: The Engineer will perform continuous inspections on Site to verify
that the Contractor is providing the necessary quality assurance and quality control. The
procedures and forms for inspection requests and inspections will be established as required
by the Engineer. The Engineer will be notified via Request for Inspection Form of all
quality inspections. The Engineer’s attendance and signature on inspection forms does not
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to provide quality control and assurance and to
complete the Works in accordance with the Contract Documents.

END OF SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - Page 10 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Engineer's action on Contractor's submittals,

applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Engineer's duties and responsibilities as
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Engineer. Other terms including "requested,"

"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" and similar phrases have the same
meaning as "directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on

Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." and
are used to help the user locate the reference. Location is not limited.

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Describe operations at the Site including the actual unloading, temporarily
storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to
dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION

A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based
on the Construction Specifications Institute's version 2004 format and "Master Format"
numbering system.

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 1 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Specification Content: This division 1 of the Specification uses certain conventions for the
style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used
in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be

interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the
sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words
interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents
indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used. Requirements
expressed in the imperative mood shall be performed by the Contractor. At certain
locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe
responsibilities that shall be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when
so noted.

a. The words "shall", "shall be", or "shall comply with", depending on the
context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
b. The word "per" means "in accordance with", "according to", "in compliance
with", "complying with", and similar phrases

1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent

requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit the equivalent to any standard
referred to in the Specifications and the Contractor shall convert the parameters mentioned
in the specifications to be comparable with the equivalent standard

C. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.

D. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements
that are different but apparently equal to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding

1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or

specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may
comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the
minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated
numeric values are

minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer

uncertainties to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding.

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 2 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

E. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project shall be familiar
with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable
standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the
Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them
available on request.

1.5 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or

other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in
Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations of the United States."

B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or

other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960

www.aluminum.org

AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333

www.aaadm.com

AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202

www.aabchq.com

AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664

www.aamanet.org

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation (202) 624-5800

Officials
www.transportation.org

AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (919) 549-8141

www.aatcc.org

ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888

www.airbarrier.org

ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155

www.abma-dc.org

ACI American Concrete Institute (248) 848-3700

www.concrete.org

ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216

www.concrete-pipe.org

AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530

www.aeic.org

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 3 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878

www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700

AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000

www.aga.org

AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118

www.agc.org

AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955

www.aham.org

AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800

www.ahrinet.org

AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960

www.asphaltinstitute.org

AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837

www.aia.org (202) 626-7300

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400

www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100

www.steel.org

AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559

www.aitc-glulam.org

ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700

www.alsc.org

AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150
www.amca.org

ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020

www.ansi.org

AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (405) 780-7372

www.aosaseed.com

APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989

www.archprecast.org

APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600

www.apawood.org

API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000

www.api.org

ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute

(Now AHRI)

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 4 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917

www.asphaltroofing.org

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723

www.asce.org (703) 295-6300

ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering

Institute
(See ASCE)

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- (800) 527-4723

Conditioning Engineers
www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400

ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763

(American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170
www.asme.org

ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers (847) 699-2929

www.asse.org

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040

www.asse-plumbing.org

ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9500

(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org

ATIS Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (202) 628-6380

www.atis.org

AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry (703) 534-8300

www.awci.org

AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association

(Now WCMA)

AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (571) 323-3636

www.awinet.org

AWPA American Wood Protection Association (205) 733-4077

(Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association)
www.awpa.com

AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353

www.aws.org (305) 443-9353

AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337

www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122

www.buildershardware.com

BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010

www.bia.org

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 5 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

BICSI BICSI, Inc. (800) 242-7405

www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991

BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285-3963

(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association
International)
www.bifma.com

BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772

www.bissc.org

BWF Badminton World Federation 6-03-9283 7155

(Formerly: IBF - International Badminton Federation)
www.internationalbadminton.org

CCC Carpet Cushion Council (610) 527-3880

www.carpetcushion.org

CDA Copper Development Association (212) 251-7200

www.copper.org

CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230-9263

www.canelect.ca

CEA Consumer Electronics Association (866) 858-1555

www.ce.org (703) 907-7600

CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333

www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com

CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700

www.cganet.com

CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462

www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462

CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919

www.cisca.org

CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137

www.cispi.org

CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583

www.chainlinkinfo.org

CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council (866) 465-2523

www.coolroofs.org (510) 485-7175

CPA Composite Panel Association (703) 724-1128

www.pbmdf.com

CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772

www.plasticpipe.org (202) 462-9607

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 6 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) (706) 278-3176

www.carpet-rug.com

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200

www.crsi.org

CSA Canadian Standards Association (800) 463-6727

(416) 747-4000

CSA CSA International (866) 797-4272

(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000
www.csa-international.org

CSI Cast Stone Institute (717) 272-3744

www.caststone.org

CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900

www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300

CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700

www.cedarbureau.org

CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087

(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
www.cti.org

DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010

www.dhi.org

ECA Electronic Components Association (703) 907-8024

www.ec-central.org

EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500

www.eia.org

EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462

www.eima.com (770) 968-7945

EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000

www.ejdc.org

EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040

www.ejma.org

ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937

(Electrostatic Discharge Association)
www.esda.org

ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (800) 967-5352

(Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA)
www.intertek-etlsemko.com

FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball 41 22 545 00 00

(The International Basketball Federation)
www.fiba.com

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 7 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35

(The International Volleyball Federation)
www.fivb.org

FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC (781) 762-4300

www.fmglobal.com

FM Global FM Global (401) 275-3000

(Formerly: FMG - FM Global)
www.fmglobal.com

FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors (407) 671-3772
Association, Inc.
www.floridaroof.com

FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850

www.fluidsealing.com

FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0

www.fsc.org

GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440

www.gypsum.org

GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208

www.glasswebsite.com

GRI (Part of GSI)

GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400

www.greenseal.org

GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440

www.geosynthetic-institute.org

HI Hydraulic Institute (973) 267-9700

www.pumps.org

HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200

www.gamanet.org

HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association

(Part of NAAMM)

HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900

www.hpva.org

HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550

www.hpwhite.com

IAS International Approval Services

(Now CSA International)

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 8 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

IBF International Badminton Federation

(Now BWF)

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369

www.icea.net

ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830

www.icri.org

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11

www.iec.ch

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900
www.ieee.org

IES Illuminating Engineering Society (212) 248-5000

www.ies.org

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

(Now IES)

IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 981-0100

www.iest.org

IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234

www.igcc.org

IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510

www.igmaonline.org

ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426

www.iliai.com

ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11

www.iso.ch

Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020

www.ansi.org

ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732

www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150

ITS Intertek Testing Service NA

(Now ETL SEMCO)

ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11

www.itu.int/home

KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690

www.kcma.org

LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864

www.lightning.org

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 9 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333

www.mbma.com

MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (888) 480-9138

www.maplefloor.org

MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (312) 644-6610

www.metalframingmfg.org

MH Material Handling
(Now MHIA)

MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815

www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190

MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222

www.marble-institute.com

MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937

www.paintinfo.com (604) 298-7578

MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings (703) 281-6613
Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com

NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (630) 942-6591

www.naamm.org

NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623

(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200
www.nace.org

NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926

www.nadca.com

NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193,
ext. 453
www.aahperd.org/nagws/ (703) 476-3400

NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084

www.naima.org

NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848

www.nbgqa.com

NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222

www.ncaa.org

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900

www.ncma.org

NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094

www.ncpi.org

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 10 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-2300

www.ncta.com

NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698

www.nebb.org

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110

www.necanet.org

NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901

www.nelma.org

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200

www.nema.org

NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382

www.netaworld.org (269) 488-6382

NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900

www.nfhs.org

NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555

(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org

NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776

www.nfrc.org

NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642

www.glass.org (703) 442-4890

NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318

www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818

NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393

www.nlga.org

NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016

(Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association)
www.nofma.com

NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association (888) 516-8585

www.nomma.org

NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545

www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070

NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622

www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400

NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275

(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 11 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415

www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788

NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736
www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930

NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association

(Now TRI)

NWFA National Wood Flooring Association (800) 422-4556

www.woodfloors.org (636) 519-9663

NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association

(Now WDMA)

PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300

www.pci.org

PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322

www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322

PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956

www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720

PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929

http://pgi-tp.cee.uiuc.edu

PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522

www.landcarenetwork.org (703) 736-9666

PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540

www.post-tensioning.org

RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections

www.boltcouncil.org

RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580

www.rfci.com

RIS Redwood Inspection Service (925) 935-1499

www.redwoodinspection.com

SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323

www.sae.org (724) 776-4841

SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (800) 542-5040

www.scte.org (610) 363-6888

SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647

www.sdi.org

SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010

www.steeldoor.org

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 12 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (877) 294-5424

www.sefalabs.com (516) 294-5424

SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil

Engineers
(See ASCE)

SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234

www.sgcc.org

SIA Security Industry Association (866) 817-8888

www.siaonline.org (703) 683-2075

SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995

www.steeljoist.org

SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991

www.smainfo.org

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980

National Association
www.smacna.org

SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100

www.smpte.org

SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154

www.sprayfoam.org

SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (850) 434-2611

www.spib.org

SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026

www.spri.org

SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355

www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630

SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772

www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331

STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265

www.steeltank.com

SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333

www.steelwindows.com

SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974

www.swrionline.org

TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646-8453

www.tileusa.com

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 13 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries (703) 907-7700

Alliance
www.tiaonline.org

TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700

www.masonrysociety.org

TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010

www.tpinst.org

TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405-8873

www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 649-5555

TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177

www.tileroofing.org

UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577

www.ul.com (847) 272-8800

UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902

www.uni-bell.org

USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539

www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800

USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (800) 795-1747

www.usgbc.org

USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488
www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463

WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869

www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700

WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486

www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651

WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122

www.wcmanet.org

WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636

www.windowcoverings.org (212) 297-2109

WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301

www.wdma.com (847) 299-5200

WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of (916) 372-9943

California)
www.wicnet.org

WIC Woodwork Institute of California

(Now WI)

WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889

www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 14 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333

www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441

WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930

www.wwpa.org

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V. 49 30 2601-0
www.din.de

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100

www.iapmo.org

ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233

www.iccsafe.org

ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587

www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543

UBC Uniform Building Code

(See ICC)

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in

Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to
change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.

CE Army Corps of Engineers (202) 761-0011

www.usace.army.mil

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772

www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923

DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000

www.commerce.gov

DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257

http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil

DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220

www.energy.gov

EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167

www.epa.gov

FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322

www.faa.gov

FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 15 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

www.fcc.gov

FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332

www.fda.gov

GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111

www.gsa.gov

HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112

www.hud.gov

LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000

www.lbl.gov

NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program

(See TRB)

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478

www.nist.gov

OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742

www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999

PBS Public Buildings Service

(See GSA)

PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694

www.hhs.gov/ophs

RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540

(See USDA)

SD State Department (202) 647-4000

www.state.gov

TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934

http://gulliver.trb.org

USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791

www.usda.gov

USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000

www.usps.com

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 16 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and
regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to
change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.

ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253

Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from U.S. Access Board
www.access-board.gov

CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800

Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html

DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-2664

Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil

DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus

(See FS)

FED-STD Federal Standard

(See FS)

FS Federal Specification (215) 697-2664

Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil

Available from Defense Standardization Program

www.dps.dla.mil

Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925

www.gsa.gov

Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800

www.wbdg.org/ccb

FTMS Federal Test Method Standard

(See FS)

MIL (See MILSPEC)

MIL-STD (See MILSPEC)

MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-2664

Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil

UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253

Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080
www.access-board.gov

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 17 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CBHF State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs Bureau of Home (800) 952-
Furnishings and Thermal Insulation 5210
www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti (916) 574-
2041

CCR California Code of Regulations (916) 323-

6815
www.calregs.com

CDHS California Department of Health Services

(See CDPH)

CDPH California Department of Public Health, Indoor Air Quality Section (510) 620-
2802
www.cal-iaq.org

CPUC California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703-

2782
www.cpuc.ca.gov

TFS Texas Forest Service (979) 458-

6650
Forest Resource Development
http://txforestservice.tamu.edu

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Employer's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents,
established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the
Works

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 014200

REFERENCES 014200 - Page 18 of 18

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 014339 - MOCKUPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for mockups indicated on Contract Drawings to verify

selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as
qualities of materials and execution.

1. Prior to installation in or on building, provide specified mockups identical in every

respect to the finished work specified.
2. In accordance with the provisions of technical specifications, provide engineering
design required to ensure the structural stability of the mockups.
3. Mockups will be reviewed for approval and for acceptance by the Engineer. When so
approved and accepted, the mockups will become the standard of workmanship by
which subsequent work will be evaluated.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Mockups: Independent structures, installations, or assemblies that represent components of a

portion of the facility or site work to demonstrate the coordination and interfacing of
different products, such as a window assembly and adjacent wall construction.

B. Field Samples:

1. Refer to Article “Field Samples” in the various Sections of the Specifications for
descriptions of in-place installations for review of materials and systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data and Samples: Submit in accordance with the requirements of each respective
product Section.

B. Schedule: Time schedule for the construction of mockups shall be prepared and submitted to
the Engineer for review prior to construction.

C. Field Samples: Field samples are representative applications of finish materials on a limited
portion of the facility or site to verify the aesthetic effect of a critical portion of the work or
to evaluate the qualifications of the installer to complete the construction.

1. Where specified, prepare a field sample at a location on the site designated by the
Engineer.

a. Where acceptable to the Engineer, field samples may be actual portions of the
finished work of this Section.

2. Provide one field panel for each type used in the work.
3. Make each panel of size indicated in specifications, unless noted otherwise.
4. Make adjustment in the sample panels as required by the Engineer.

MOCKUPS 014339 - Page 1 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

5. The field sample, when accepted by the Engineer, shall be used as basis for
comparison with the remainder of the installation of the work of this Section for the
purpose of acceptance or rejection

D. Quality Control Submittals: In accordance with the provisions of Division 01Section”

Submittals Procedure”, submit the following:

1. Design Data: When and as directed by the Engineer, engineering design calculations
confirming the structural stability of the mockups.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications:

1. Fabricators' and Installers' Qualifications: In accordance with the provisions of the

specification Sections for products and materials incorporated into the mockups.

B. In constructing mockups, take measures to ensure the safety of Project personnel and the
public.

C. Field Representation: During construction of mockup, representatives of the manufacturers

shall be present on site to coordinate installation.

1.5 SCHEDULING

A. The Engineer shall be notified at the start of construction of mockups and shall receive
progress reports to allow the Engineer to schedule his inspections.

B. Visual examination of the mockups during construction will be made by the Engineer and
other entities representing incorporated materials.

C. After approximately 50 percent of each mockup has been built, request the Engineer's
preliminary review before completion. Incorporate changes or variations requested by the
Engineer into mockups during their construction and prior to their completion, insofar as
possible.

D. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of visual qualities of mockups before commencing the
corresponding work for the Project, revise the updated Construction Schedule to reflect
required revisions to mockups.

E. Schedule field tests for performance of constructions referred to in specifications sections

such as, but not limited to: windows, curtain walls and glazing systems, stone cladding...

F. Should mockups fail to meet the Engineer's approval or performance testing, partially or
completely, they shall be taken down or dismantled, and reconstructed to the extent
necessary, until acceptance has been obtained.

G. Time the completion and reworking of mockups necessary to obtain acceptance to avoid
delay in the construction schedule of the Project. Update the Construction Schedule to
reflect required revisions to mockups.

H. Retain and maintain mockups during construction to serve as a standard for judging work
incorporated into the Project. Do not alter, or remove.

MOCKUPS 014339 - Page 2 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS

A. Materials and finishes shall comply with the requirements specified in the various applicable
Sections of the Specifications, and shall match previously submitted and approved samples.

B. Mockups shall incorporate all related construction materials and finishes having a visual or
technical effect upon the completed work.

2.2 MOCKUPS

A. Provide full size mockups of construction in accordance with mockup schedule on Contract
Drawings.

1. Build mockup of typical wall area as directed by Engineer.

2. Build mockup for type(s) of constructions indicated, in location(s) directed by
Engineer.

B. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are
constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination,
testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate
compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless
otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be
judged.

1. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to

verify performance characteristics.
2. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately
from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and
subassemblies.
3. Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and
ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and
equipment, and lighting.

C. Prior to installation in or on building, construct mockups for each system and finish required
to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as
well as qualities of materials and execution. Building mockups shall comply with the
following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of work.

1. Place mockups on site in the location directed by Engineer. Provide mockups

consisting of constructions referred to in the various applicable sections of the
specifications. Components shall be full height and can be incorporated into the final
work.
2. Notify Engineer one week in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of mockups before start of final unit of work.
5. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a
standard for judging the completed work.
6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

MOCKUPS 014339 - Page 3 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

7. Accepted mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion

may become part of the completed work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install materials in a manner that will duplicate the appearance in the completed building.

1. In constructing mockups, take measures to ensure the safety of Project personnel and
the public.
2. Construct mockups using same construction personnel, means, and methods as
intended for use on actual project.
3. Mockups shall be constructed in accordance with details indicated on the drawings
and approved Shop Drawings.

3.2 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintain mockups during course of construction or until removal is directed.

B. Repair damage to mockups immediately upon occurrence. Maintain mockups and

surrounding site in a safe and clean condition.

3.3 REMOVAL

A. Remove mockups at the completion of the work in a manner that shows no evidence of
mock up's previous existence. Complete site work at area of mock up in accordance with
Contract Drawings.

END OF SECTION 014339

MOCKUPS 014339 - Page 4 of 4

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including
temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities for the whole
Project.

B. Subject to the Employer’s request (for the justified use in the project), the requirements of
the Engineer defined in Section 015000 of Division (1) of the Specifications may be
increased at the Contractor’s own cost i.e., the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for any
additional requirements.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility

interruptions.
2. Specification sections “Dewatering" for disposal of ground water at Project site.
3. Specification Section "Concrete Paving" for construction and maintenance of cement
concrete pavement for temporary roads and paved areas.

1.3 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be
included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Without prejudice to Sub-Clause
(4.6) of the Conditions of Contract, allow other entities within the Site limits for the project
purpose, to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited
to Employer’s construction forces, Engineer, testing agencies, and authorities having
jurisdiction.

B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for
construction operations.

C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges for water used by all entities for construction
operations.

D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all
entities for construction operations.

E. Telephone Service: Pay telephone service use charges.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 1 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for
construction personnel.

B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA

Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

C. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and
construction from water absorption and damage, including delivery, handling, and storage
provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage, discarding water-
damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and
replacing water damaged Work.

1. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive

materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water
from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried
sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.

D. Dust-Control and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that
indicates the dust-control and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed
locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify further options if proposed
measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include the following:

1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of the work.

2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing.
3. Location of proposed air filtration system discharge.
4. Other dust-control measures.
5. Waste management plan.

E. Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar
procedures performed on temporary utilities.

F. Temporary Utilities: Submit detailed proposals including drawings and product data as
requested; obtain the Engineer’s approval prior to purchase, delivery, installation or
implementation, as applicable, of the following:

1. Sewers and drainage.

2. Water service and distribution.
3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities.
4. Electric power service.
5. Telephone service.

G. Support Facilities: Submit detailed proposals including drawings and product data as
requested for the lay out area for the location of the support facilities not later than two
weeks of issuance of the Notice to Commence; obtain the Engineer’s approval prior to
purchase, delivery, equipping, installation or implementation of the following::

1. Identification of the Works and temporary signs.

2. Temporary Site offices and site laboratory, including laboratory equipment.
3. Site Canteen including kitchen equipment
4. Site medical clinic including medical equipment for emergency cases.
5. Site mosque including ablution area
6. Storage and fabrication sheds.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 2 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

7. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities:

a. Exterior scaffold system, including ladders, walkways, platforms and

guardrails.
b. Protective screens and chutes.
c. Tower cranes.
d. Lifts and hoists for materials and workmen.

H. Engineer’s site offices shall be completely detached from that of the Contractor’s and shall
be at a location as approved by the. Engineer.

I. Drawings showing the plans and elevations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval

J. Any reasonable changes or modifications suggested by the Engineer shall be incorporated at

no additional cost to the Employer

K. Security and Protection Facilities: Submit detailed proposals including drawings and
product data as requested; obtain the Engineer approval prior to purchase, delivery,
installation or implementation, as applicable, of the following:

1. Fire protection.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Building code requirements.

2. Utility company regulations.
3. Police and fire department regulations.
4. Environmental protection regulations.

B. Standards: Comply with Local Regulations and international codes and standards as
instructed by the Engineer.

C. Electric Service: Comply with the Civil Defense and International codes and standards and
regulations for temporary electric services as instructed by the Engineer.

D. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.6 CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Engineer, change over
from use of temporary service to use of permanent service.

B. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Take full responsibility for operation,

maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction
facility before Taking-Over, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

1. Contractor's personnel and workmen, including subcontractors, are not permitted to

use permanent toilet facilities or wash facilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 3 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and
facilities by all parties engaged in the Works:

1. Keep clean and neat.

2. Operate in a safe and efficient manner.
3. Do not overload or permit them to interfere with progress.
4. Take appropriate fire prevention measures.
5. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisance to
develop or persist on Site.
6. Relocate as required by progress of the Works

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials suitable for use intended.

B. Construction Materials and Products: Comply with standards and applicable requirements
in appropriate sections of the Specification.

C. Tarpaulins: Waterproof, fire-resistive, with low flame-spread rating.

D. Temporary Enclosures: Translucent, fire-retardant, nylon-reinforced laminated polyethylene

or polyvinyl chloride tarpaulins.

E. Water: Clean, fresh, suitable for:

1. the construction works from the source provided by the Employer in accordance with
Sub-Clause (4.19) of the Conditions of Contract, and
2. use in the toilets/pantries in accordance with the Health, safety and environmental
requirements.

F. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized

steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum (3.5 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts;
minimum (75-mm-) OD line posts and - (75-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with
galvanized barbed-wire top strand. However, the Contractor may propose other alternative
fencing systems/materials subject to the Engineer’s approval.

G. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10 mils (0.25 mm) minimum thickness,
with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84.

H. Dust Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches

(914 by 1624 mm).

I. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock
wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,
respectively.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 4 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices located at the site adjacent to the towers, General: Prefabricated or mobile
units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal
loading and temporary usage by the Engineer.

B. Site Offices for the Employer and the Engineer: The Contractor shall construct the site
offices for the Employer and the Engineer on Design Build basis, in order to be eventually
used by the Employer as permanent office building. Accordingly, a fully detailed design
shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted for the Engineer’s approval prior to
installation of such offices in the site.

1. The Contractor shall consider appropriate level of finishes, MEP requirements,

fittings and furniture which shall be fit for the purpose, and subject to the Employer
and the Engineer’s approval.
2. Incorporate sanitary facilities to the extent required for the number and gender of
personnel accommodated.
3. Support on foundations adequate for loading.
4. Provide and maintain all necessary and required services and utilities, including but
not necessarily limited to:

a. Sewers and drainage.

b. Water service and distribution.
c. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water
facilities.
d. Air-conditioner heating and cooling.
e. Ventilation.
f. Electric power service.
g. Lighting.
h. Telephone service.
i. Firefighting appliances.

C. Janitorial services and facilities, and general attendance including sufficient number of
office boys

D. Employer /Engineer Field Offices: Provide new office furniture and equipment suitable for
use intended.

E. Computers for the Employer /Engineer: New computer equipment and peripheral hardware,
licensed software, Internet connection and associated accessories, including local area
networking, computer workstations, and all necessary cabling as required.

1. PC: Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to Section 015000 B).

2. Laser Printer: Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to Section
015000 B).
3. Color Laser Printer: Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to
Section 015000 B).
4. Scanner: Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to Section 015000
B).
5. UPS Equipment: Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to
Section 015000 B).

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 5 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

6. Software: Original, latest Arabic/English version, multi-user licensed copies of the

following software programs for specified operating system, together with user
manuals, and maintenance agreements for the duration of the Work for all PCs. Refer
to attached specifications (Appendix to Section 015000 B)

a. "Microsoft Professional Office- (latest version)", including 'Word', 'Excel',

'Power Point', 'Access' and 'Outlook'" Microsoft Internet Explorer" for all PCs.
b. Primavera (latest edition)" for the Engineer for seven (7) users and additional
Licenses for the Contractor’s use.
c. Autodesk AutoCAD (latest version - Multi user Licenses for 20 users).
d. "Norton Antivirus" for all PCs.
e. Adobe Acrobat Professional (latest version - Multi user Licenses for 40 users).

7. Servers with UPS Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to

Section 015000 B)
8. Internet: Multi-user subscription and connection to approved, local, Internet service
provider. Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to Section
015000 B)
9. Computer Workstation, comprising:

a. Desking with wire management; to accommodate PC, monitor, keyboard and

mouse.
b. Operator's swivel chair.

F. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire extinguisher: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent
as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for
exposures.

1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and
size required by location and class of fire exposure.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Employer authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or AC split units (cooling and heating subject to
Engineer’s approval) or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type

heating units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Air Filtration Units (If applicable): HEPA primary and secondary filter-equipped portable
units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to
run continuously.

D. Electrical Outlets: 240 V properly configured and accepted by the Engineer with 2 pins;
equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, switch, and pilot light.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 6 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

E. Power Distribution System Circuits: The wires, conduit, containment and protection for
sockets, air-conditioning units and other miscellaneous equipment shall comply with local
regulations.

F. Temporary Site Toilets including but not limited to Prefabricated, self-contained, single-
occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed
with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

G. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-drinking-water units,

including paper cup supply.

1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water
temperature at 7.2 to 12.7 deg. C

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve the Works adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Works. Relocate and /or modify facilities as required
by progress of the Works.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove facilities until permitted or directed to do so by the Engineer, or
until replaced, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, by authorized use of completed permanent
facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect
to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility
company requirements and recommendations.

1. Arrange with utility company, the Engineer, and existing users for time when service
can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
2. Provide for adequate capacity and peak-demand or special load requirements at each
stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available, provide trucked-in
services if necessary.
3. Obtain any necessary easements to bring temporary utilities to Site.
4. Charges and Costs: Pay for all connection, service and user charges and costs arising
in connection with the provision of temporary utilities.

B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove
effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used,
provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither
sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide
containers to remove and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner.

1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar
contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 7 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department

officials.
3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition.
After heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly.

C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate
for construction.

1. Sterilize temporary water piping before use.

2. Provide storage tanks and/or rubber hoses as necessary to serve Site.
3. If at any time, temporary water service supply is interrupted or inadequate for
requirements, provide back-up storage and truck-in water supplies as necessary.
4. If water pressure is inadequate, provide pumps to supply a minimum of 200-kPa
static pressure at highest point. Equip pumps with surge and storage tanks and
automatic controls to supply water uniformly at reasonable pressures

D. Sanitary Facilities:

Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with
regulations, health codes and the Engineer directions for type, number, location, operation,
and maintenance of facilities and fixtures. Provide separate toilet facilities for male and
female personnel.

1. Generally: Install where facilities will best serve needs of the Works, including
relocation whenever necessary.

a. Service and maintain, and keep clean, sanitary and orderly for use.
b. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials
for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers
for disposal of used material.

2. Toilets: Install toilet facilities connected to local water and sewer lines. Provide
lavatories, mirrors, and water closets. Provide only potable-water connections.
Provide individual compartments for water closets. Provide suitable enclosure with
nonabsorbent sanitary finish materials and adequate ventilation and lighting.
3. Temporary Site Toilets: including but not limited to installation of self-contained
toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.
4. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient
locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash-up. Dispose of
drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material
handled.
5. Drinking-Water Facilities: Install containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-drinking-
water units, including paper cup supply

E. Cooling: Provide temporary cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying
of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of
high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 8 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction

activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed
construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified
that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize
energy consumption.

1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels

to level required to allow installation or application of finishes.

G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and
distribution system of appropriate and sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics
required for use during construction, including necessary start-up, testing and
commissioning of building operating systems and equipment. Include meters, transformers,
overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main
distribution switchgear.

1. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to
damage.
2. If at any time, temporary electric power service supply is interrupted or inadequate
for requirements, provide and operate back-up electric generators as necessary.

H. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and
equipment.

1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if

single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do
not exceed safe length-voltage ratio

I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with appropriate control and local switching to
facilitate safe and proper execution of the Works. Provide adequate illumination to internal
areas during finishing operations and for construction operations, observations, inspections,
and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection
requirements without operating entire system.
2. Install lighting for Works identification sign.

J. Telephone Service: Provide and maintain adequate temporary telephone facilities and
service for the duration of the Contract including Defects Liability Period, for all personnel
accommodated in temporary field offices.

K. Telephone Facilities for the Engineer: Provide and install PABX in the Engineer and
Employer’s field offices (Quantity as required), with sufficient line connections and
capacity to provide at least two extensions in every office or occupied space along with the
sufficient number of telephone handsets.

1. Provide the following telephone facilities :

a. Twelve (12) mobile phones:

1) Quantity = Four (4) (Number) - (Samsung S9 or the approved equal

subject to the Engineer’s approval) with working postpaid lines for the
use of the Employer.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 9 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2) Quantity = Eight (8) (Number) - (the brand and specifications shall be

subject to the Engineer’s approval) with working postpaid lines for the
use of the Employer for the purpose of the project’s communications.

b. One Hundred and twenty two (122) mobile phones:

1) Quantity = Twelve (12) (Number) - (Samsung S9 or the like subject to

the Engineer’s approval) with working postpaid lines for the use of the
Engineer.
2) Quantity = Hundred and Ten (110) (Number) - (the brand and
specifications shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval) with working
postpaid lines for the use of the Engineer for the purpose of the project’s
communications.

2. Charges and Costs: Pay for all connection, reconnection, service and user charges
and other costs arising in connection with the continuation of telephone facilities and
services for the Engineer, other than the cost of international telephone calls not
connected with the Work.

L. Electronic Communication Service: Provide desktop computers in the primary field office
adequate for use by Engineer and Employer as stated below to access project electronic
documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the
following:

1. Refer to attached configuration/specifications for IT requirements and as advised by

the Engineer.
2. Internet: Multi-user subscription and connection to approved, local, Internet service
provider.
3. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware,
phishing and spam protection in a combined application
4. Computer Workstation, comprising:

a. Desking with wire management; to accommodate PC, monitor, keyboard and

mouse.
b. Operator's swivel chair.

5. Backup: Backup Library System as specified in Appendix to Section 015000 B, with

automated backup software providing daily backups.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Site Field Offices - General: comply with the following:

1. Provide continued maintenance, support and service, including final removal.

2. Supplement, extend, relocate, modify, alter and adapt as necessary to comply with
requirements indicated and specified, and accommodate construction operations
under this Contract.

B. General: Comply with the following:

1. Locate field offices, site laboratory, site clinic, mosque, canteen, storage and
fabrication sheds, workshops, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 10 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Maintain support facilities until the end of the defects liability period unless
otherwise advised by the Engineer including relocating if necessary and under
conditions acceptable to Employer.

C. Contractor's Field Offices: Provide and maintain temporary field offices and facilities of
sufficient size, number and type to accommodate required office personnel, including sub-
contractors, at the Project site. Furnish and equip as necessary. Keep clean and orderly for
use.

D. Site Laboratory: Provide temporary site laboratory facility of sufficient size to

accommodate, conduct, perform and report on-site sampling and testing of materials as
prescribed and specified in various Sections of the Project Specification. Furnish and equip
as necessary. Keep clean and orderly for use.

1. Employ qualified laboratory technicians familiar with specified industry standards

and skilled in the testing of construction materials and associated administrative
procedures.

E. Temporary Site Medical Clinic: Provide maintain and equip a medical clinic of appropriate
area for providing basic and emergency medical treatment for work force expected for the
construction of the Contract. The clinic shall be fully furnished with appropriate furniture
with all electromechanical works including, telephones and Data network and sockets in all
appropriate locations. Provide and maintain Medical equipment and accessories. Provide
shaded parking for sufficient number of vehicles and Ambulance.

The following is an indicative space program:

Reception area, waiting area, Doctor rooms, Patient rooms, Medical inspection room,
Pharmacy, Ambulance staff room, Ambulance parking area Electro-Mechanical area

1. Employ qualified doctors, personnel’s familiar and skilled in the medical field.
2. Provide continued services, maintenance, support and provide continued medical
services with medicine ,first aid , including final removal

F. Site Mosque: Provide and maintain and equip a temporary field mosque of sufficient size,
number and type to accommodate around 100 person, furnish and equip as necessary. Keep
clean and orderly for use. The mosque shall include an appropriate number of toilets
ablution facilities.

G. Site canteen: Provide maintain and equip site canteen of sufficient size to serve meals and
snack for workers and management staff. Design, construct and furnish two (2) canteens one
for senior management staff and general workers (respectively.) the size of the canteen shall
be appropriate to accommodate his workers staff, and shall be sufficient to accommodate for
the managerial staff.

The following is an indicative space program: Dining area, Kitchen and food preparation
area, Food serving area (self-service), storage areas, Dry storage area, cold storage area,
deep, freezer area, Services, Electro-Mechanical areas.

H. Employer/Engineer Field Offices: Provide and maintain temporary offices, and facilities for
the exclusive use of the Employer/Engineer and his staff, sized, arranged, furnished and
equipped to the approval of the Engineer.

1. Provide continued maintenance, support and service, including final removal.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 11 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Provide and continuously stock with all associated consumables and supplies as and
when requested and/or required.
3. Supplement, extend, relocate, modify, alter and adapt as necessary to comply with
requirements indicated and specified, and accommodate construction operations
under this Contract.

I. Employer/Engineer Site Offices: Provide and maintain offices, and facilities for the
exclusive use of the Employer/Engineer and his staff, in addition to 10 car parking sheds for
the Employer and 50 car parking sheds for the exclusive use of the Employer/ Engineer and
his staff sized, arranged, furnished, secured and equipped to the approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a layout for the Employer’s/ Engineer Field Offices showing
the design layout with the necessary circulation areas and the proposed furniture and
equipment for the approval of the Engineer prior to commencing works at the site.

The following are the indicative requirements for the dimensions and contents of the
Employer’s staff offices:

- One (1) General Reception area including the sand table model sized and arranged to
receive visitors; with 2 reception desks and 2 swivel armchairs, 4 office armchairs, 2
side coffee tables, 2 pin boards, 2 waste paper baskets and toilet with WC suite, Toilet
roll holder, Lavatory basin, Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser,
Waste bin with cover.
- One (1) office for Minister/Minister assistant connected to meeting room including 1
conference table and 6 office armchairs, 1 layout reference table, 2 lockable steel
filing cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 1 shelf unit, 2 pin boards, 2
waste paper baskets and toilet with WC suite, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory basin,
Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover. The
Minister/Minister assistant office shall be finishes, furnished and equipped using
appropriate and suitable materials/ products to fit the purpose.
- One (1) VIP Conference Room sized to accommodate 100 attendees. The Room shall
be finished, furnished and equipped to host official events/ presentations using
appropriate and suitable materials/ products to fit the purpose.
- One (1) Employer’s Project Manager Office connected to meeting room including 1
conference table and 6 office armchairs, 1 layout reference table, 2 lockable steel
filing cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 1 shelf unit, 2 pin boards, 2
waste paper baskets and toilet with WC suite, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory basin,
Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover.
- One (1) Single desk offices - Office with 1 desk with lockable drawers and 2 swivel
armchairs, 2 office chairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 lockable steel filing cabinets, 1
lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 2 shelf units, 2 pin boards, 2 waste paper baskets
and toilet with WC suite, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory basin, Mirror and shelf, Paper
towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover.
- Five (5) Single desk offices - Office with 1 desk with lockable drawers and 2 swivel
armchairs, 2 office chairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 lockable steel filing cabinets, 1
lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 2 shelf units, 2 pin boards, 2 waste paper baskets.
- Meeting room with 1 conference table to seat 20 people, 25 office armchairs, 2
layout reference tables, 2 shelf units, 4 pin boards, 1 blackboard in addition to all
necessary equipment.
- One (1) Secretary office, each with 1 secretary's workstation desk and 1 swivel
armchair, 2 office chairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 large lockable steel filing
cabinets, 2 shelf units, 2 pin boards, 2 waste paper baskets.
- One (1) Document Controllers/Secretary office 20 m2 with 2 desks with lockable
drawers and 2 swivel armchairs, 2 office chairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 large
lockable steel filing cabinets, 2 shelf units, 2 pin boards, 2 waste paper baskets
- Employer/staff elevator.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 12 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

- Two (2) Toilets for Male and Female (apart from toilets attached to single Offices);
for the Employer team, each with WC suite, Urinals for men toilets, Toilet roll holder,
Lavatory basin, Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin
with cover.
- One (1) Kitchen/Pantry; for the Employer, each with 1 refrigerator 14 cu.ft. capacity,
(2) two microwaves, two (2) electric boiling rings, 1 water filter and 1 twenty litre
bottled-drinking-water dispenser - hot/cold, 1 large waste bin with cover, Kitchen base
cabinets incorporating heat resistant worktop and stainless steel sink/drainer, Kitchen
wall cabinets, Sets of crockery and cutlery sufficient for number of staff and visitors.

The following are the indicative requirements for the dimensions and contents of the
Engineer’s staff offices:

- One (1) Project Manager Office connected to meeting room including 1 conference
table, 6 office armchairs, and 1 swivel armchair, 1 layout reference table, 2 lockable
steel filing cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 1 shelf unit, 2 pin boards,
2 waste paper baskets and toilet with WC suite, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory basin,
Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover.
- Eight (8) Assistant Project Manager Office including 1 conference table and 6 office
armchairs and 1 swivel armchair, 1 layout reference table, 2 lockable steel filing
cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 1 shelf unit, 2 pin boards, 2 waste
paper baskets and toilet with WC suite, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory basin, Mirror and
shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover.
- Twenty Six (26) Double desk offices - Office with 2 desks with lockable drawers and
2 swivel armchairs, 2 office chairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 lockable steel filing
cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 2 shelf units, 2 pin boards, 2 waste
paper baskets.
- Two (2) offices with three desks - Office with 3 desks with lockable drawers and 3
swivel armchairs, 3 office chairs, 3 layout reference tables, 3 lockable steel filing
cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 3 shelf units, 3 pin boards, 3 waste
paper baskets.
- Sufficient open spaces to accommodate 150 workstations for Engineer’s supervising
staff, each office should have 1 lockable drawers, 1 office chairs, 1 lockable steel
filing cabinets, 1 lockable drawing hanger for 10 sets, 1 shelf units, 1 pin boards, 1
waste paper baskets.
- One (1) Meeting room with 1 conference table to seat 20 people, 25 office
armchairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 shelf units, 4 pin boards, 1 blackboard in
addition to all necessary equipment.
- Six (6) Meeting room with 1 conference table to seat 14 people, 14 office armchairs,
2 layout reference tables, 2 shelf units, 4 pin boards, 1 blackboard in addition to all
necessary equipment.
- Seven (7) Document Controllers/ Secretary Office including 2 desks, sized, furnished
and equipped with the necessary requirements to serve the function of the room.
- One (1) Secretary office, each with 1 secretary's workstation desk and 1 swivel
armchair, 2 office chairs, 2 layout reference tables, 2 large lockable steel filing
cabinets, 2 shelf units, 2 pin boards, 2 waste paper baskets.
- Eight (8) Toilets area male & female toilets (apart from toilets attached to single
Offices); each with WC suite, Urinals for men toilets, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory
basin, Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover.
- Five (5) Kitchen/Pantry; for the Engineer, each with 1 refrigerator 14 cu.ft. capacity,
(2) two microwaves, 2 electric boiling rings, 1 water filter and 1 twenty litre bottled-
drinking-water dispenser - hot/cold, 1 large waste bin with cover, Kitchen base
cabinets incorporating heat resistant worktop and stainless steel sink/drainer, Kitchen
wall cabinets, Sets of crockery and cutlery sufficient for number of staff and visitors.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 13 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

- General Reception areas sized and arranged to receive visitors for each floor; with 2
reception desks and 2 swivel armchairs, 4 office armchairs, 2 side coffee tables, 2 pin
boards, 2 waste paper baskets and toilet with WC suite, Toilet roll holder, Lavatory
basin, Mirror and shelf, Paper towel dispenser, Soap dispenser, Waste bin with cover.

The Contractor also shall be responsible for providing the following:

- One (1) Central Document Controllers office including 5 desks, sized, furnished and
equipped with the necessary requirements to serve the function of the room
- One (1) Server room for the Engineer’s staff sized and arranged to fit the function.
- Electrical/Telecom Rooms as appropriate.
- Store room(s) sufficient for storing Samples for the Engineer’s staff sized, furnished
and arranged to fit the function.
- The Contractor shall provide an access/entry system for Employer/Engineer’s staff to
the offices sufficient for 250 person.
- Service and maintain, and clean toilets on a daily basis. Provide and continuously
stock with all associated consumable and supplies as and when required or requested,
including but not limited to cleaning products (soap, shower/hand gel,…), toilet paper
and paper towels.
- Service and maintain, and clean kitchens on a daily basis and throughout the day.
Provide and continuously stock with all associated consumables and supplies as and
when requested or required, including cleaning products and towels as well as
drinking water, milk, sugar, tea, coffee and other beverages.
- Onsite Porta Cabins facilities : The Contractor shall provide onsite Porta Cabins for
the use of the Engineer’s supervision staff as follows:
- Six (6) Onsite Porta Cabins facilities accommodating two double offices with single
toilet and pantry sized and arranged to meet the function.
- Other facilities :

a. Nine (9) Colored laser printers (A3/A4), 2 for Employer and 7 for Engineer
b. Plotters and scanners (A0) as specified in Appendix (B), and in accordance
with the following:

- One (1) colored plotter and scanner for the sole use of the Employer,
- Two (2) colored plotters and scanners and one (1) Black & white plotter
and scanner for the sole use of the Engineer.

The Contractor is to note that the provided plotters may not be sufficient
for the Employer’s and/or Engineer’s staff to perform their duties in the
efficiency expected at all times; as such the Contractor shall upon
request of the Engineer’s representatives provide promptly additional
plotted copies of any drawings that may be requested, whether issued by
the Engineer, the Contractor or other parties, in the size and color
requested, at any point in time, giving such requests priority on other
Contractor’s plotting tasks, all at the Contractor’s own cost and time

c. Binding Line as specified in Appendix B

d. Seven (7) scanners (A3-A4), two for Employer and (5) for Engineer.
e. Photocopy machines A3/A4 – Four (4) colored (One for Employer and three
for Engineer) and eight (8) Black and White (One for Employer and Seven for
Engineer)
f. Sufficient number of Desktop calculators,
g. Three (3) paper fax machines.
h. The Contractor shall provide sufficient cameras and photography facilities for
the progress monitoring of the construction activities. The Contractor shall fix

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 14 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

CCTV at reasonable locations and on the top of tower cranes for continuous
follow up and monitoring of progress.
i. Computers for the Employer/Engineer: Locate in Employer/Engineer field
offices. Install, connect and configure hardware and install software as
directed, including interface with existing computer installations to provide a
complete and fully operational, single network, computer system installation,
to the satisfaction of the Employer/Engineer including but not limited to :

- One Hundred and Ninety two (192) PCs/Laptops, (12 Laptops and 180
PCs), in which 3 laptops are for the Employer and 9 laptops are for the
Engineer,
- 9 PCs for the Employer,
- Refer to attached configuration/specifications for IT requirements.
- UPS Equipment: 600VA for each PC.
- Software: As specified.
- Internet Connection: As specified.
- Sufficient computer workstations.
- Regularly service, and maintain new computer equipment and combined
system installations in serviceable and operable condition.

j. Servers with UPS (Hardware and software specifications to be advised by

Engineer. Refer to attached configurations/specifications (Appendix to Section
015000 B)
k. Regularly service and maintain office machines and equipment in good
serviceable condition. Provide and continuously stock offices with all
associated consumables, and supplies as and when required or requested,
including stationery, ink cartridges and papers/paper rolls.

J. Vehicles for the Employer/Engineer: Upon the Employer/Engineer’s request, deliver to the
Employer/ Engineer, together with spare keys, registration papers, insurance certificate and
other related documentation:

1. Nineteen (19) Vehicles four wheel drive 4WD, Three (3) for the Employer and
Sixteen (16) for the Engineer for use in site and off site.
2. One (1) luxurious bus to accommodate a meeting room for the Employer.
3. Eight Buses (24 seats) for transportation Offsite for the Engineer.
4. Three Buses (14 seats) for transportation Offsite for the Engineer.
5. Employ and assign a competent driver to each vehicle.
6. The Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary vehicles’ operation, maintenance
and repair including all associated running costs in addition to all insurance and
registrations costs till the expiration of the Defects Liability Period.
7. All Vehicles including the buses shall be returned to the Employer upon the
completion of the project and shall become the Employer’s property.

K. PPE (Personal Protective Equipment): The Contractor shall provide the

Employer’s/Engineer’s staff with all the necessary PPE facilitates including but not limited
to helmets, Hi-Visibility Jackets, Safety Boots, Eye protection, Dust Mask and heading
protection. Refer to Appendix to Section 15000 A for more detailed requirements.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 15 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

L. Project Web Site

Provide, administer (Contractor’s staff working on the administration of Project Web Site
should report to the Engineer), and use Project Web site for purposes of hosting and
managing project communication and documentation until Final Completion. Project Web
site shall include the following functions:

1. Project directory.
2. Project correspondence.
3. Meeting minutes.
4. Contract modifications forms and logs.
5. RFI forms and logs.
6. Task and issue management.
7. Photo documentation.
8. Schedule and calendar management.
9. Submittals forms and logs.
10. Payment application forms.
11. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating.
12. Online document collaboration.
13. Reminder and tracking functions.
14. Archiving functions.

Provide up to 15 Project Web site user licenses for use of the Employer/Engineer. Provide 8
hours of software training at Engineer/Employer’s office for Project Web site users.

Upon completion of Project, provide three complete archive copy of Project Web site files
to Employer and to Engineer in a digital storage format acceptable to the Engineer.

Contractor, subcontractors, and other parties granted access by the Contractor to project
Web site shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of an Agreement acceptable to
the Employer and Engineer.

M. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary asphalted roads and
paved areas adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during
construction period. Submit proposals and obtain prior approval of the Engineer for the
proposed location of temporary roads and paved areas. Coordinate elevation of temporary
roads and paved areas, provide and prepare sub-grade and install subbase and base and hot
mixed asphalt pavement. Comply with applicable requirements in appropriate sections of
the Specification for sub-grade, sub-base and base course and finish asphalted courses
construction of temporary road and paving areas.

1. Install temporary roads and paved areas to minimize the need to rework the
installations and to result in permanent roads and paved areas without damage or
deterioration when occupied by the Employer.
2. Recondition and repair base after temporary use, including removing contaminated
material, regarding, proof-rolling, compacting and testing.
3. Delay installation of the final course of permanent pavement until immediately before
Substantial Completion. Coordinate with weather conditions to avoid unsatisfactory
results.
4. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as
necessary for construction operations, including delivery and storage of materials,
equipment usage, administration and supervision.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 16 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

N. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Include

warning signs for public traffic and "STOP" signs for entrance onto public roads. Comply
with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

O. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having

jurisdiction in applicable specification Sections for temporary drainage and dewatering
facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included in
individual sections. Where feasible, use same facilities Maintain Project site, excavations,
and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

P. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide and install Project identification
name board, size and lettering and supports are subject approval of the Engineer. Install
signs to inform public generally and persons seeking entrance to Project. Do not permit
installation of unauthorized signs.

1. Design, fabricate and erect, minimum three (3) main project identification signs in
approved locations. Support on posts or framing of paint finished, preservative-
treated wood or galvanized steel. The minimum dimensions of these signs shall be
approximately (6 m x 12 m), however, this shall be subject to the Engineer’s review
and approval upon the Contract Award along with the details and the location of these
sign boards.
2. Engage an experienced sign manufacturer to apply graphics for Project identification
signs related to this package. Write sign in both English and Arabic , and include:

a. Project name.
b. Employer's name, style and logo.
c. Engineer name, style and logo
d. Contractor's name, style and logo.
e. Such other names, details and information as permitted and/or directed.

3. Provide other appropriate temporary signs to provide directional and safety

information to construction personnel and visitors
4. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

Q. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle

waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction. Comply with Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning
requirements.

R. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and
equipment" and not temporary facilities.

S. Janitorial Services: Provide janitorial cleaning services on a daily basis for all temporary
offices, toilets, wash facilities, and similar areas.

T. Expand paragraph below to suit Project.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 17 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

U. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services.
Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site.

V. Construction Aids and Miscellaneous Facilities: Provide all necessary aids and
miscellaneous facilities incidental and ancillary to the safe and efficient execution of
construction operations and the carrying out of work in a proper workmanlike manner,
including but not necessarily limited to:

1. Scaffolds, ladders, walkways, platforms and guardrails.

2. Protective screens, chutes, coverings and roofs.
3. Small tools; hand and power operated.
4. Mechanical plant, machinery and equipment; stationary and mobile.
5. Tower cranes.
6. Truck mounted cranes.
7. Transportation equipment and vehicles; on and off Site.
8. Lifts and hoists for materials and workmen.
9. Protective clothing, including helmets, goggles, ear protectors and steel-toed safety
boots.

3.4 SUPPLIES FOR THE EMPLOYER AND ENGINEER OFFICES

A. Provide the Employer and the Engineer’s offices with continuous and sufficient supplies of
the following in addition to sufficient number of dedicated office boys and cleaners:

1. Turkish Coffee.
2. American Coffee
3. Tea.
4. Sugar.
5. Toilet Paper.
6. Paper towels.
7. Stationary.
8. Hand Soap, Dishwashing Soap.
9. Milk (Cartons).
10. Bottled drinking water.

3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct

construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other
undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict
use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints and
nuisance to persons or establishments near Site.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 01 Section "Summary."

B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent
and] requirements specified in Division 31 Section "Site Clearing."

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 18 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion
and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to
adjacent properties and walkways, according to [erosion- and sedimentation-control
Drawings] [requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having
jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by

construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones.
2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and
sedimentation from the project site during the course of the project.
4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed
during removal.

D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide

barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff
of stormwater from heavy rains.

E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip
line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree
root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction

and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control
procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at
Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Employer. Perform control
operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized
entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. The Contractor shall take all
the necessary measures to ensure the security of the site and temporary facilities including
fencing and the installation of CCTV cameras, etc.

1. Secure Storage: Where materials and/or equipment are of high value or attractive for
theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation
and release of such materials and/or equipment to minimize the opportunity for theft.

H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in

progress and completed, from exposure, inclement weather, other construction operations,
and similar activities.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide
insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material
drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 2.5 m² or less with plywood or similar
materials.
3. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces
with load-bearing, wood-framed construction.
4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other
materials.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 19 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

I. Temporary Partitions: Where necessary, construct, erect and maintain dustproof partitions
and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration, and to separate areas from fumes
and noise.

J. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. Strictly
observe all requirements and recommendations pertaining to fire safety on construction
sites.

1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and

accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above.

a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers.

b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of
extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
c. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each
usable stairwell.

2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.

3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-
protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit
smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas.
4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition.
5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Works, complete
installation of permanent fire-alarm and fire-protection facilities, including connected
services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program
for personnel at Site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
7. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a
warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be
removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

K. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site
enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site
except by entrance gates. The fence shall be of Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-
mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum
(3.5 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum (75-mm-) OD line posts and - (75-
mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with galvanized barbed-wire top strand. However, the
Contractor may propose other alternative fencing systems/materials subject to the
Engineer’s approval.
Extent of Fence: enclose entire lay-out site granted to Contractor.

L. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized

entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each
work day.

M. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and
lighting.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 20 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

N. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated
and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document

visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are
subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Protect porous materials from water damage.

2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.
3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with
concrete.
4. Remove standing water from decks.
5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full
enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to
infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with
high organic content, into partially enclosed building.
2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.
3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.
4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.
5. Do not install material that is wet.
6. Discard, replace or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.
7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before
enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the

building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as
follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in

conditions.
2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity.
3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity,
and exposure to water limits.

a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and
gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and
remain wet for 48hours are considered defective.
b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture
during construction operations or after installation. Record daily readings over
a forty-eight hour period. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher
than allowed. Report findings in writing to Engineer.
c. Remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured
moisture level within 48 hours.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 21 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,

ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Termination and Removal: The Contractor shall hand over the Employer/Engineer’s
Temporary facilities to the Employer upon the end of defect liability period in compliance
with the requirements of the closeout procedures under Section 017700 of the Specification
and shall remove the Temporary items as advised by the Engineer noting the removed items
are to become the property of the Employer and packed and delivered to the location as
directed by the Employer . Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that
may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged
Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily
repaired.

Employer reserves also the right to take possession of Project identification signs.

1. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for
integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape
development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for
fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other
petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant
materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at
temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in
Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - Page 22 of 22

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
 Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

Appendix A - Personal Protective Equipment:

Provide the following protective protection equipment for the exclusive use of the Project Management
Consultant’s staff; to the approval of Project Management Consultant:

All Engineer’s personnel (and visitors), that may enter the working areas of the project site, must be
provided with suitable Personal Protective Equipment in accordance with Labour Code (No. 12 of 2003)
Article 217.

Item No. Specification Applicable Recommended Image

Standard(s) Model
Safety 23 White, Ratchet EN 397 3M Safety
Helmet + Tensioner/Adjuster, Helmet Series
Chin Medium Length H-700
Strap Peak (25mm),
ventilated shell,
ventilated
headband.
Chin strap during
work at height
activities
Dar will supply
company logo
Hi- 23 Yellow with EN 471 3M (sized to
Visibility reflective strips, fit)
Jacket Velcro fastening,
with printed Dar
logo

Safety 23 200 Joule toe cap ISO Bata

Boots protection, slip 20345:2011 Industrials, e.g.
(not resistance, oil Vitality
shoes) resistant, anti- VIT513, or
static, comfortable,
durable. Caterpillar
Boot required to brand safety
provide ankle footwear
protection on
uneven ground
Eye 23 Glasses / EN 166 3M Securefit
Protection Overglasses to SF410AS
protect against
dusts and
particulates

Stock of additional consumable items to be provided for use as required by task and conditions

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – APPENDIX A 015000 - Page 1 of 2

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

Item No. Specification Applicable Recommended Image

Standard(s) Model
Dust N95 / FFP2 valved EN 145 3M Aura 9322;
Mask or
To protect against 3M Particulate
silica dust Respirator
8511, N95

Hearing Ear Plugs EN 352- 3M E-A-R

Protection (reusable, corded) 2:1993 UltraFit
Noise reduction Earplugs 340-
rating (NRR) 25 4004, Corded
dBA

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – APPENDIX A 015000 - Page 2 of 2

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

Intended use Description Specifications (Minimum Requirements)

Acceptable Brand Name: Core™ i7-7700 3.4GHz Processor, 16GB RAM, 1 TB HDD SSD, DVD
PCs for Admins
Writer, Monitor LED 21 "

Users Acceptable Brand Name: Core™ i7-7700 3.4GHz Processor, 32 GB RAM, 1TB SSD, DVD Writer
PCs for Engineers
SATA, DVD Writer , Monitor LED 23"

Notebook HP/IBM (similar to) Thinkpad T470 processor i7-7700U (6MB cache, up to 3.4GHz) 16 GB RAM, 1 TB Solid State Drive

X5690 3.4GHz / 64 GB (DVD RW / (2) Power Supply / 3x500GB 2.5", 8x2TB 2.5" / P410i/1GB with
File and print sharing
FBWC dual power supply, rack mounted

1 Intel® Xeon® processor E5-2600 v4 product family

64 GB RAM

3 * HDD 500 GB SATA /12 GB

RAID Controllers: Internal controllers

2 x Domain controller (Primary &
Secondary)
2U rack with all accessories for mounting and cables
Servers Network 2 or 4 Ports

Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2/ 2016

2 Powe Supply

Imation L1200 ( Original IBM TS3100) 2U Rackmount Tape Library with 1 x LTO5 or LTO6 1.5/3.0
TB 140/280 MB/sec 6 Gbps SAS Tape Drive, 8 Slots, Front Panel LCD, Barcode Reader, Rackmount Kit,
Backup Library System
LSI PCI Express SAS Card
30 Media LTO6 for Backup and 5 Media for clean.

42U Rack to house the network and server equipment, 1000x800 perforated front with 2xPDU 16 Power
Rack
Ports

Latest version of Win Server OS Standard Edition 2012 R2 64bit or 2016

Backup software Commvault Latest Edition

Windows 10 Professional 64bit

Antivirus Symantec Latest Edition full version (Network Licenses)

Software
Autocad Latest Edition (Network Licenses) for a minimum of 20 users

MS Office Pro 2013 or 2016 Latest Edition full version for all PCs

Adobe Acrobat Professional Latest Edition full version for a minimum of 40 users

Primavera project Planner Latest Edition for a minimum of 7 users

Cabling Cables Cat 6 + Power + Network Points + Rack 12U per Floor

6 x CISCO PoE - 48 1Gbps ports Layer 3

Network Active Switches
1 x CISCO PoE - 16 1Gbps ports Layer 3

Wireless router 6 x Access point CISCO

Internet Line Internet Connection Leased Line 64 Mbps with Modem

Internet Connectivity Firewall ASA 5516 with 3 Years subscription

1 x 10 KVA for Servers, Swicthes

Similar to MERLIN GERIN or other
UPS
equal approved
600 VA for each PC

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS - APPENDIX B

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1 015000 - Page 1 of 2
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

Intended use Description Specifications (Minimum Requirements)

Scanner Epson GT 70000 pro A3 Flatbed Scanner With ADF

Black and white laserjet A3/A4 HP Laserjet M806 Printer

Photocopier/printer/scanner A3 high
Floor printers Canon Irac C5255i
specs

The minimum configuration that can be required in a plotter and scanner:

Plotter - Coloured plotters - Epson Sure Color T5200 or the like.

- Black & White - Epson Sure Color T5100 or the like.
Scanners should be included for A0 drawings or to be provided seperately.

Telephony PABX Panasonic PABX and Phones

Server Room Server Room minimum size 3x3 Meters

Server Room
AC for server Room Server Room minimum size 3x3 Meters

Wire & comb binding Magna Punch 2.0 (wire & comb binding)

Wire Finisher MC12 Wire Finisher (wire finisher)

Binding line
Comb finisher CombBind C250Pro Comb Binder (comb finisher)

Lamination machine RollSeal™ Ultima 35 Ezload EU (lamination machine)

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS - APPENDIX B

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1 015000 - Page 2 of 2
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Conditions of Contract and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements relating to products to be

used in the Work, including the following:

1. Selection of products for the Works.

2. Quality assurance.
3. Product delivery, storage, and handling.
4. Product warranties.
5. Special warranties.
6. Product substitutions.
7. Comparable products

B. If the requirements in this Section contradict with requirements in other Sections, the more
stringent requirements shall prevail.

C. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products

specified.
2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract
closeout.
3. Division 01 Section "Warranties" for submitting warranties.
4. Divisions 02 through 34 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products
and installations specified to be warranted.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project
or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms
"material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make

or model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published
product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project
or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new
products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or
exceed those of specified product.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 1 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from

those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named

and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-
service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes
of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the Specification.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions and Manufacturer's Recommendations means latest published or

printed version of 'manufacturer's written instructions' and 'manufacturer's written
recommendations.

E. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual

manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to
Employer.

F. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract

Documents, whether to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty, or to provide
for joint and several liability, or to provide more rights for Employer.

G. Manufacturers’ names listed in the specifications are intended to show the minimum
acceptable product standards and are not intended to be exclusive.

1. Products of other manufacturers that are equivalent to the specified product may be
accepted subject to the conditions set in this section and in specification sections.
2. Reference to a manufacturer’s name or product shall not be interpreted as an approval
of this manufacturer or all his product line. Submission for approval of manufacturer
and a specific product is mandatory.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Prepare and submit a list, in tabular form, identifying specified products.
Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's and supplier's name and
proprietary product name for each product.

1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Programme, the Submittals

Schedule, and the Subcontract List.
2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:

a. Specification Section number and title.

b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
c. Specified warranty requirements, if any.
d. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
e. Manufacturer's name and address.
f. Supplier's name and address.
g. Installer's name and address.
h. Total quantity required for the Works.
i. Projected delivery date or, if multiple deliveries, first and last delivery dates.
j. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled
delivery date.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 2 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3. Initial Submittal: Within 14 days after Commencement Date, submit 3 copies of

initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for
variations from Contract requirements.

a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections

and designations that must be established early in Contract period.

4. Completed List: Within 28 days after Commencement Date, submit 3 copies of

completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for
variations from Contract requirements.
5. Engineer's Action: Engineer will respond in writing to Contractor within 14 days of
receipt of completed product list. Engineer's response will include a list of
unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action.
Engineer's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement
that products comply with the Contract Documents.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction
and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data
are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.

b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d. Standard color charts.
e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
g. Printed performance curves.
h. Operational range diagrams.
i. Mill reports.
j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals.
k. Compliance with specified referenced standards.
l. Testing by recognized testing agency.
m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
n. Notation of coordination requirements.

4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.

C. Compliance Statement: Submit a copy of project specifications identifying on each item

whether or not the submission complies with that requirement.

D. Copy of Product Warranty.

E. The Engineer reserves the right to request further clarifications and particulars regarding any
submission.

F. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided by Engineer.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 3 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the

following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Employer and
separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those
of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
d. Identify product to be replaced. Include detailed comparison in matrix form
between specified materials and proposed ones.
e. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication
and installation procedures.
f. Samples, where applicable or requested.
g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
h. Material test reports to the same standards from a qualified testing agency,
approved by Engineer, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance
with requirements indicated.
i. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in
effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the
overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot
be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on
manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.
k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Price.
l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements
in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to
produce indicated results.

3. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or

documentation for evaluation. Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or
rejection of proposed.

a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.

b. Use product specified if Engineer cannot make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.

4. Time for review and potential delays: Contractor remains responsible for any delays
generated by substitution requests, should the substitution be approved or rejected

G. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable

product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Submit three
copies of each request for consideration. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Request Form: Use a form acceptable to Engineer.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 4 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for approval of an unnamed

product.
3. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request. Engineer will
notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed comparable product within
28 days of receipt of request, or within 14 days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Acceptance: Variation Order, without additional compensation.

b. Use product specified if Engineer does not make a decision on use of a
proposed comparable product within time allocated.

H. This specification is based on US codes and standards. An accredited and approved

laboratory/ certification agency shall provide technical assessment regarding the suitability
of products and tests made to other approved international standards to provide equal or
better performance.

1. The technical assessment shall comprise a detailed technical comparison between the
two standards.
2. The most stringent code shall prevail.
3. The Engineer, in all cases, has the right to evaluate such comparison and request from
the contractor to abide by the specified standard.

I. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01

Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

J. Products Manufactured under license: Contractor submitting products in accordance with

these specifications manufactured by a company other than the one specified and in another
country shall submit also:

1. A letter from the original manufacturing company listed in the specifications

certifying that the product submitted is manufactured under license and subject to
quality control and supervision from the original manufacturing company.
2. Both the original manufacturing company and the subsidiary company shall have
Quality Management System such as ISO 9001 and 9002.
3. The submitted product under license is equivalent to the original specified product in
all respects.
4. The Engineer has the right to request further testing in an approved independent
laboratory to demonstrate that the product manufactured under license is equivalent in
all respects to the product manufactured by the original company.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Alternative Equivalent Standards: Product references to industry standards establish

quantitative and qualitative attributes, characteristics and properties, required to be inherent
in the specified product. Standard products not conforming to referenced standards, but
otherwise exhibiting the same essential properties and conforming to another recognized
equivalent industry standard may be used, subject to approval and compliance with other
specified requirements.

1. Recognized standards are those which are listed in Division 01 Section "References".
2. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use
of a product conforming with an alternative equivalent standard.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 5 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more

products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods

compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.
2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible
products, Engineer will determine which products shall be used.

C. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same type and
kind from a single source.

1. If a specified product is available only from a source that cannot produce or supply
sufficient quantities to execute and/or complete Project requirements in a timely
manner, request Engineer to determine the most essential qualities, attributes and
characteristics required in the specified product, in order to select a comparable
product possessing the same relevant, significant properties.
2. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use
of an unnamed product.

D. Compliance with Contract Documents: Contractor shall fully and unconditionally comply
with requirements set in the Contract Documents.

E. Manufacturers’/ Installers’ Qualifications: submit manufacturer / supplier profile form.

F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An accredited, independent agency with the experience and
capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E329; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to
authorities.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent

overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items
that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft,
and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and
to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of

units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 6 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather
tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period
of installation and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
6. Protect stored products from damage.
7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Works site for storage of materials and
equipment, if any, to be furnished by Employer. Coordinate location with Engineer.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations
on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of any obligations under requirements of the
Contract Documents.

1. Provide complete total system warranty in which Manufacturer Installer and

Contractor are jointly and severally responsible and agree to repair or replace, without
limitations, all or any part of the products warranted. Warranty shall cover materials
and workmanship.
2. All costs of repairing any defects in the works or consequential costs due to this
defect shall be borne by the warrantors.
3. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to
provide more rights for Employer.
4. Refer to Divisions 2 through 34 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
5. Submit form of warranty for Engineer’s approval.

B. Warranty Requirements:

1. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted

construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of
such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of
warranted construction.
2. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been
corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written
endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an
equitable adjustment for depreciation.
3. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed,
replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements
of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or
rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Employer has benefited from use
of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
4. Employer's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Employer are in addition to
implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies
otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be
interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Employer can enforce such other
duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.

C. Rejection of Warranties: The Employer reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit
selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract
Documents.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 7 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the
Work or part of the Work, the Employer reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work,
until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such
commitments are willing to do so.

E. Where no special warranty is required in the documents, submit Manufacturer’s standard

warranty adjusted to comply with the requirements in article 1.7 hereof.

F. Manufacturer's and Special Warranties: Prepare a written document, ready for execution,
that contains appropriate terms and conditions, and identifies commencement date and
warranty period. Submit a draft and obtain Engineer's written approval before final
execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific requirements

and information, and properly executed; or
2. Special Form: Individually prepared and specially drafted to include Project-specific
requirements and information, and properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 34 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

G. Submittal of Warranties: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Sections "Closeout

Procedures" and "Warranties."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of
installation.

1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options
are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Employer reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Engineer will make
selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched
is Engineer's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
7. Or Approved Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by
such terms as "or other equal and approved", “or approved”, "or approved equal" or
"or equal", comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.

a. Engineer reserves the right to limit selection to named products specified.

b. Unless otherwise agreed, contract unit rates and prices will be deemed to be
based on the use of named products specified in the Contract Documents.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 8 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:

1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a

single product and manufacturer, provide the product named, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product
by the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements,
unless otherwise indicated.
3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products"
introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the
products listed that complies with requirements, unless otherwise indicated.

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both

manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies
with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated.
b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both
available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an
unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements
in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled

"Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of
the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements, unless otherwise indicated.

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names,

provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with
requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available
manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a
product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration
of an unnamed manufacturer's product.

5. Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled

"Available Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers,
provide one of the products listed or another product that complies with requirements.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use
of an unnamed product.
6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies
with requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to
obtain approval for use of a product of an unnamed manufacturer.
7. Product Options: Where Specification paragraphs titled "Product Options" indicate
that size, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific
product or system, provide either the specific product or system indicated or a
comparable product or system by another manufacturer. Comply with provisions in
"Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product
indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or
indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 9 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in
"Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of
the other named manufacturers.
9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an
established Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with
requirements and matches Engineer's sample. Engineer's decision will be final on
whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily.

a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with

other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable
Products” Article

10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacturer's colors, patterns, and textures" or a similar phrase, select a
product (and manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements.

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of

colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Engineer will select color, pattern,
density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include
premium items.
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Engineer will select color, pattern,
density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard
and premium items.

2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Requested substitution offers Employer a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy

conservation, Operation and Maintenance Costs or other considerations, after
deducting additional responsibilities Employer must assume. Employer's additional
responsibilities may include compensation to Engineer for redesign and evaluation
services, increased cost of other construction by Employer, and similar
considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
10. Requested substitution includes full comparison between specified and proposed
material.
11. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has
been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is
compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 10 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

B. Where products are specified by name or industry standard, submit the following, in
addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed or alternative
equivalent industry standard, product:

1. Manufacturer’s qualification, proving that proposed manufacturer is equal to

specified names.
2. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the
Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the
Work.
3. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in
the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance,
weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements
indicated.
4. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty, if any.
5. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects/engineers and employers, if requested.
6. Samples, if requested.

2.4 LOCAL PRODUCTS

A. Local Products: Equivalent local products shall be used, provided they comply with the
Specification requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - Page 11 of 11

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A2-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing

execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Coordination of Employer-installed products.
5. Progress cleaning.
6. Starting and adjusting.
7. Protection of installed construction.
8. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.

2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with
Project Record Documents, recording of Employer-accepted deviations from
indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Method Statement: Submit method statement to be used for construction layout

B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices
and procedures, utilize products for patching that comply with requirements of
Division 01 Section "Sustainable Design Requirements."

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 1 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed
surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent
possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Engineer for the visual and
functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and
electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical
services, and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the
Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance

of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

a. Description of the Work.

b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
d. Recommended corrections.

2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with

existing finishes or primers.
3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations
of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems
are to be installed.
5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Engineer that is necessary to adjust,

move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having
jurisdiction.

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 2 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by the
Employer or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify the Engineer and Employer not less than two days in advance of proposed
utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without the Engineer's written permission

C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the construction properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Works are
indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Works

D. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown

diagrammatically on Drawings.

E. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions Immediately on discovery of any

discrepancy or the need for a clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for
information or instruction to the Engineer. Include a detailed description of discrepancy or
problem encountered, together with recommendations.."

3.3 SETTING OUT AND ACCURACY

A. Site Survey: Before commencing work on Site, the Contractor shall carry out a
topographical survey of the Site, in conjunction with, or as instructed by, the Engineer's
Representative, or of such parts of the Site as the Engineer's Representative may direct, to
record the site limits, dimensions, ground levels, obstructions and other features and to
establish base lines and points for future setting out and to record the basis for re-
measurement of excavation and earthwork, where applicable.

B. Setting Out: Details of methods and equipment to be used in setting out the Works shall be
submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when setting out is
complete and, before commencing construction, shall provide instruments and assistance for
the Engineer to check the setting out if required by the Engineer.

C. Infrastructure and Utility Work: Setting out shall be as shown on the Drawings or as
instructed by the Engineer. It shall be revised if, in the opinion of the Engineer,
modification of grade and line is advisable.

D. Record Drawings: The Contractor shall record details of all grid lines, existing ground
levels, setting-out stations, bench marks and profiles on the site setting-out drawing; retain
on the Site throughout the duration of the Contract and hand to the Engineer's
Representative on completion.

E. Dimensions and levels both on the Drawings and the Site, shall be checked, particularly the
correlation between components and the work in place. Materials and components shall not
be ordered or work carried out until any discrepancies have been resolved with the
Engineer.

F. Tolerances: Infrastructure and utility work shall be within tolerances stated in the
Specification or as instructed.

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 3 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

G. Non-Compliance: Work which fails to meet the specified levels of accuracy must not be
rectified without approval. Submit proposals for such rectification or removal and
replacement and meet all costs arising, including effects on other work.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Method Statement: Before verifying layout information shown on Drawings, prepare a

detailed method statement comprising a descriptive narrative and drawings, clearly
describing and identifying means and methods to be used for construction layout including
but not limited to:

1. Establishing benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each storey of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of the Works.
2. Locating offsets for gridlines.
3. Locating and sizing penetrations in structures as needed to transfer lines and levels
horizontally and vertically.

B. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to Contractor's site survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies
are discovered, notify Engineer promptly.

C. General: Set out the Works using accepted surveying techniques and practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
required dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
5. Notify Engineer when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard
established by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading,
fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

E. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures,
building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for
mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with
control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

F. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines
and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions,
name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used.
Make the log available for reference by Engineer

1. Advise the Engineer when deviations, exceeding indicated or recognized tolerances,

are detected.
2. Record deviations that are accepted and not corrected on Record (As-Built)
Drawings.

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 4 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

G. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with the Engineer and provide, when requested, auxiliary
services to enable and assist the Engineer to check the Contractor's site survey, layout and
control work, including means of access to Site, use of instruments and tapes, and supply of
survey crew

3.5 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Identification: The Engineer/Employer will identify existing benchmarks, control points,

and property corners.

B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar
reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks
and control points during construction operations.

1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written
approval of Engineer Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control
points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points
to Engineer before proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base
replacements on the original survey control points.

C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Site,

referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having
jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Record (As-Built)
Documents.
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide
temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked
construction to its original condition.

D. Record Log: Maintain a log of field engineering work. Include dates and times of surveys,
weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments
and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by the Engineer

3.6 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment
and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing

products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Taking Over.

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 5 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations

or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be
factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated
requirements.

G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Engineer.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts,
and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
Deliver such items to Site in time for installation.

H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form
hairline joints.

I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.

3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials
and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three
days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

a. Utilize containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has
worked.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 6 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use
cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage
exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to
ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection
from damage or deterioration at Taking Over .

Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary

through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components
to ensure operability without damaging effects,such exposures include, but are not limited
to, the following:

1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.

2. Excessive internal or external pressures.
3. Excessively high or low temperatures.
4. Thermal shock.
5. Excessively high or low humidity.
6. Pollution and air contamination.
7. Water.
8. Chemicals and solvents.
9. Light.
10. Radiation.
11. Puncture.
12. Abrasion.
13. Heavy traffic.
14. Soiling, staining, and corrosion.
15. Bacteria.
16. Rodent and insect infestation.
17. Combustion.
18. Electrical current.
19. High-speed operation.
20. Improper lubrication.
21. Unusual wear or other misuse.
22. Contact between incompatible materials.
23. Destructive testing.
24. Misalignment.
25. Excessive weathering.
26. Unprotected storage.
27. Improper shipping or handling.
28. Theft or vandalism.

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 7 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove

malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation
without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 01

Section "Quality Requirements."

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and
finishes.

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching

up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

END OF SECTION 017300

EXECUTION 017300 - Page 8 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordination of waste

management.
2. "Structure Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from demolition of
buildings, structures, and site improvements “Selective Structure Demolition" for
disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site
improvements “Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste.
3. "Stone Masonry" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste.
4. "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of
above- and below-grade improvements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste
resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction
waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or
selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale,
recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in

preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in

another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent

incorporation into the Work.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 1 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total

non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in
the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert
construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and
salvage of materials including the following:

1. Demolition Waste:

a. Asphaltic concrete paving.

b. Concrete.
c. Concrete reinforcing steel.
d. Brick.
e. Concrete masonry units.
f. Wood studs.
g. Wood joists.
h. Plywood and oriented strand board.
i. Wood paneling.
j. Wood trim.
k. Structural and miscellaneous steel.
l. Rough hardware.
m. Roofing.
n. Insulation.
o. Doors and frames.
p. Door hardware.
q. Windows.
r. Glazing.
s. Metal studs.
t. Gypsum board.
u. Acoustical tile and panels.
v. Carpet.
w. Carpet pad.
x. Demountable partitions.
y. Equipment.
z. Cabinets.
aa. Plumbing fixtures.
bb. Piping.
cc. Supports and hangers.
dd. Valves.
ee. Sprinklers.
ff. Mechanical equipment.
gg. Refrigerants.
hh. Electrical conduit.
ii. Copper wiring.
jj. Lighting fixtures.
kk. Lamps.
ll. Ballasts.
mm. Electrical devices.
nn. Switchgear and panel boards.
oo. Transformers.

2. Construction Waste:

a. Site-clearing waste.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 2 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

b. Masonry and CMU.

c. Lumber.
d. Wood sheet materials.
e. Wood trim.
f. Metals.
g. Roofing.
h. Insulation.
i. Carpet and pad.
j. Gypsum board.
k. Piping.
l. Electrical conduit.
m. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in paragraph above,
salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging
materials:

1) Paper.
2) Cardboard.
3) Boxes.
4) Plastic sheet and film.
5) Polystyrene packaging.
6) Wood crates.
7) Plastic pails.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 28 days of date established for
commencement of the Work.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit
report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste. Include the following information:

1. Material category.
2. Generation point of waste.
3. Total quantity of waste in tons (tonnes).
4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes).
5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes).
6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons (tonnes).
7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total
waste.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit

calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total
waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to

individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals
and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 3 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable
waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests,
weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by
landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets,
receipts, and invoices.

G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator

H. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible

for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that
recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of
technician and date refrigerant was recovered.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of

successful waste management coordination of Projects with similar requirements, that
employs a LEED Accredited Professional, certified by USGBC, as waste management
coordinator. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved
certification program.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities

having jurisdiction.

C. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with

requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review
methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the
following:

1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of waste

management coordinator.
2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its
disposition.
3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of
containers and bins needed to avoid delays.
4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and
disposal facilities.
5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.

1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements
of this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and
cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of
measure throughout waste management plan.

B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of construction waste

generated by the Work. Use Form CWM-1 for construction waste Include estimated
quantities and assumptions for estimates.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 4 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged,
recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use Form CWM-3 for construction waste
Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each
means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.

1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this
Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into
the Work.
2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and
organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals
and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of
recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone
numbers.
5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include
name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.
6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for
separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and
designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located.

D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste
management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste
management plan. Use Form CWM-5 for construction waste Include the following:

1. Total quantity of waste.

2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost
of collection containers for each type of waste.
3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management).
4. Revenue from salvaged materials.
5. Revenue from recycled materials.
6. Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials.
7. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided.
8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type
of waste.
9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers,

storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste
management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

1. Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for operation,
termination, and removal requirements.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 5 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be

responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work
plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management

procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.

1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of

submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and
disposal.

D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure
minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied
and used facilities.

1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials
that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling
dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and
equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to
make items functional for use indicated.

B. Salvaged Items Permitted on Project site.

C. Salvaged Items for Employer's Use: Salvage items for Employer's use and handle as
follows:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Employer.
4. Transport items to Employer's storage area designated by Employer
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

D. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers,
leave door hardware attached to doors.

E. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect
equipment from exposure to weather.

F. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.

G. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 6 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

H. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panel

boards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.

3.3 RECYCLINGCONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received
for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor

C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to

recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents,
petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.

D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris.
Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according
to approved construction waste management plan.

1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until
they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable
materials at each container and bin.

a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated

materials if found.

2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials.

Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust.
3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste off Employer's property and transport to recycling receiver
or processor.

3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) size.

1. Crush asphaltic concrete paving and screen to comply with requirements in Division
31 Section "Earth Moving" for use as general fill.

B. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.

C. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other
metals.

1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 4-inch (100-mm) size.

2. Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth
Moving" for use as satisfactory soil for fill or sub base.

D. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other
metals.

1. Pulverize masonry to maximum 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) size.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 7 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

a. Crush masonry and screen to comply with requirements in Division 31 Section

"Earth Moving".
b. Crush masonry and screen to comply with requirements in Division 32 Section
"Plants" for use as mineral mulch.

2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.

E. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate
lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.

F. Metals: Separate metals by type.

1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.
2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

G. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts.
Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories.

H. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry
location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners.

I. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a
dry location.

J. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from
acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals.

K. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack
strips.

1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet
Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler.

L. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports,
hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.

M. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A. Packaging:

1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a
dry location.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from
Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood
pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with
requirements for recycling wood.

B. Wood Materials:

1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 8 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

a. Comply with requirements in Division 32 for use of clean sawdust as organic

mulch.

C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry
location.

1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile
chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding.

a. Comply with requirements in Division 32 for use of clean ground gypsum

board as inorganic soil amendment.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused,

remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or
incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of
accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Employer's

property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning
materials until fires are extinguished.

D. Disposal: Transport waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Employer's
property.

E. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Employer's property and legally dispose of them.

3.7 ATTACHMENTS

A. Form CWM-1 for construction waste identification.

B. Form CWM-3 for construction waste reduction work plan.

C. Form CWM-5 cost/revenue analysis of construction waste reduction work plan.

D. Form CWM-7 for construction waste

END OF SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - Page 9 of 9

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
 FORM CWM‐1: CONSTRUCTION WASTE IDENTIFICATION

EST. QUANTITY TOTAL EST. EST. WEIGHT

GENERATION EST. WASTE ‐ % EST. VOLUME REMARKS AND
MATERIAL CATEGORY OF MATERIALS QUANTITY OF TONS
POINT (B) CY (CM) ASSUMPTIONS
RECEIVED* (A) WASTE* (C = A x B) (TONNES)
Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site‐Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut‐Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut‐offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:
 FORM CWM‐3: CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION WORK PLAN
DISPOSAL METHOD AND QUANITITY

TOTAL EST. QUANTITY HANDLING AND

GENERATION EST. AMOUNT EST. AMOUNT
MATERIAL CATEGORY OF WASTE TONS EST. AMOUNT RECYCLED TRANSPORTATION
POINT SALVAGED DISPOSED TO LANDFILL
(TONNES) TONS (TONNES) PROCEDURES
TONS (TONNES) TONS (TONNES)

Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site‐Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut‐Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut‐offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

FORM CWM-5: COST/REVENUE ANALYSIS OF CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION WORK PLAN

TOTAL
TOTAL EST.
QUANTITY OF EST. COST OF REVENUE FROM REVENUE FROM LANDFILL HANDLING AND NET COST
COST OF
MATERIALS DISPOSAL SALVAGED RECYCLED TIPPING FEES TRANSPORTATION SAVINGS OF
MATERIALS DISPOSAL
(VOL. OR MATERIALS MATERIALS AVOIDED COSTS AVOIDED WORK PLAN
WEIGHT) (B) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H = D+E+F+G)
(C = A x B)
(A)
Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site-Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut-Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut-offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419/CWM-5 - Page 1 of 1

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

FORM CWM-7: CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION PROGRESS REPORT

QUANTITY OF WASTE SALVAGED QUANTITY OF WASTE RECYCLED TOTAL TOTAL
TOTAL
QUANTITY OF QUANTITY
GENERATIO QUANTITY
ACTUAL ACTUAL WASTE OF WASTE
MATERIAL CATEGORY N OF WASTE ESTIMATED ESTIMATED
TONS (TONNES) TONS (TONNES) RECOVERED RECOVERED
POINT TONS (TONNES) TONS (TONNES) TONS (TONNES)
(B) (C) TONS (TONNES) %
(A)
(D = B + C) (D / A x 100)
Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site-Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut-Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut-offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419/CWM-7 - Page 1 of 1

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Taking Over procedures.

2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion

construction photographic documentation.
2. Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures” Division 01 Section "Execution" for
progress cleaning of Site.
3. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
4. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings,
Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
5. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing
Employer's personnel.
6. Specification Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the
Work in those Sections.

1.3 TAKING OVER (SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION)

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Taking Over
(Substantial Completion), complete the following. List items below that are incomplete
with request.

1. Prepare, in a tabular format acceptable to the Engineer, a list of items to be completed

and corrected (punch list). Include the value for each item on the list, and reasons
why the work is not complete.
2. Submit a written undertaking in a form acceptable to the Engineer, to complete and/or
correct all items contained in the punch list, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, within
28 days from date of issue of the Taking-Over Certificate
3. Advise Employer with copy to of pending insurance changeover requirements.
4. Submit warranties, bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and
similar documents.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - Page 1 of 6

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

5. Obtain and submit releases permitting Employer unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and
similar releases.
6. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement
surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
7. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Employer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
8. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Employer. Advise
Employer's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
9. Complete startup testing of systems.
10. Submit test/adjust/balance records.
11. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
12. Advise Employer of changeover in heat and other utilities.
13. Submit changeover information related to Employer's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
14. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
15. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
16. Commence instruction of the Employer's personnel in operation, adjustment, and
maintenance of systems and equipment, and maintenance of products.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt
of request, will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. will prepare the Certificate of Taking Over after inspection or will notify
Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by , that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous

inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
completion.

1.4 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final

completion, complete the following:

1. Complete instruction of the Employer's personnel in operation, adjustment, and

maintenance of systems and equipment, and maintenance of products. Submit
demonstration and training DVDs.
2. Submit certified copy of Taking Over inspection list of items to be completed or
corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by the Engineer. The certified copy of the
list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - Page 2 of 6

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of
request, will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Will issue a Defects Liability Certificate after satisfactory inspection or will
notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will
be issued.

1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous

inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

1. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each
work area ,building space and site area affected by construction operations for
incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas
disturbed by the Contractor that are outside the limits of construction Organize list of
spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from
lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for
ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:

a. Electronic file on CD/DVD.

b. Three paper copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated.

1.6 WARRANTIES

A. Form of Submittal: Produce two (2) original copies of each required warranty, written in
the form approved by the Engineer, and properly executed as specified. Submit in addition
electronic copies of the warrantees on CD’s in PDF format (5 sets).

B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the Sections and Parts in
the table of contents of the Specifications.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf ring binders,

thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive A4 paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and
telephone number of Installer.
3. Provide a typed index and table of contents list at the front of each binder.
4. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Works name, and name of Contractor.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - Page 3 of 6

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Submittal Time: Submit warranties prior to requesting inspection for determining date of
Substantial Completion for Section of the Works if applicable. The Contractor shall submit
draft warranties with the relevant Material Submittals.

D. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of

designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Employer
during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

E. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf

binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-
by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and
telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
4. Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal
package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to
each item. Provide table of contents at beginning of document.

F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance

manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or

fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to

comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean
each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for

determining date of n of Taking Over for entire Project or for a portion of Works, as
applicable:

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - Page 4 of 6

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

a. Clean Site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,

including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and
other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and
other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces
to their original condition.
f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar
spaces.
g. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
j. Remove labels that are not permanent.
k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or
restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification,
including mechanical and electrical nameplates.

l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment such as elevator

equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and
mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
m. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may
impede operation or reduce longevity.
n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction or that display contamination with particulate matter upon
inspection.

1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01.

Provide written report upon completion of cleaning.

q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours
of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor
fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and
rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - Page 5 of 6

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury
debris or excess materials on the Employer's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful,
or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Site and
dispose of lawfully.

E. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section

"Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

END OF SECTION 017700

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - Page 6 of 6

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation
and maintenance (O&M) manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.

2. Emergency manuals.
3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
4. Preparing and submitting instruction manuals covering the care, preservation, and
maintenance of engineered components and systems and architectural products and
finishes.
5. Preparing and submitting O&M Manuals for operating systems, subsystems and
equipment.
6. Instruction of the Employer's operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of
systems and equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating operation and

maintenance manuals covering the Work of multiple contracts.
2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for
operation and maintenance manuals.
3. Division 01 Section“Product Requirements”
4. Division 01 Section “ Project Record (As-built) Documents”
5. Specifications Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements
for the Work in those Sections and for specific pieces of equipment or building
operating systems.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular

interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. O&M Manual Preparation: In preparation of O&M Manuals, use personnel thoroughly

trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of equipment or system involved.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 1 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1. Where O&M Manuals require written instructions, use personnel skilled in technical
writing where necessary for communication of essential data.
2. Where O&M Manuals require drawings or diagrams, use CAD operators or drafters
capable of preparing drawings clearly in a clear, understandable industry standard
format.
3. System-Level O&M Manuals for mechanical and electrical systems shall be
developed specifically for this Project. Compilation of equipment vendor catalogues
and O&M Manuals is not acceptable.

B. Instructions for the Employer's Personnel: Use experienced instructors thoroughly trained
and experienced in operation and maintenance of equipment or system involved to instruct
the Employer's O&M personnel.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Comply with the following schedule for submitting O&M Manuals:

1. Not later than 60 days prior to initial start-up of the subject work scope equipment,
when each installation that requires O&M Manuals is nominally complete, submit 2
draft copies of each manual to the Engineer for review and approval. Include a
complete index or table of contents of each manual.
2. The Engineer will return 1 copy of the draft with comments within 30 days of receipt.
After receipt of the Engineer’s approval, make any required corrections or
modifications to comply with the Engineer's comments. After approval, and at least
30 calendar days in advance of initial start-up of an item (i.e., within 30 days of
receipt of the Engineer's final comments and approval), submit the O&M Manuals, in
final form, to the Engineer for distribution and use by the Employer, as follows:

b. Five (5) bound sets of O&M Manuals.

c. One (1) loose set (Coloured / black line prints) of O&M Manuals.
d. Five (5) sets of O&M Manuals in electronic PDF format (in CD-ROM).

B. Form of Submittal: Prepare O&M Manuals in the form of an instructional manual for use
by the Employer's operating personnel. Organize into suitable sets of manageable size.
Where possible, assemble instructions for similar equipment into a single binder.

1. Complete Listing: Provide a complete list showing the actual number of volumes and
files of O&M Manuals, for the project. Also provide a list showing the number of
volumes and files included in a particular submittal.
2. Binders: For each manual, provide heavy-duty, commercial-quality, 3-ring, vinyl-
covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to
receive Metric-Size "A4" (210 mm by 297 mm) paper. Provide a clear plastic sleeve
on the spine to hold labels describing contents. Provide pockets on the inside of the
covers to receive folded sheets.

a. Where 2 or more binders are necessary to accommodate data, correlate data in

each binder into related groupings for similar items. Establish a logical, well-
organized table of contents and O&M Manual binders layout. Cross-reference
other binders where necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of the piece of equipment or system.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 2 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

e. Identify each binder on front and spine, with the printed title "OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL", Works title or name, and subject matter
covered. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume manuals. Indicate
applicable 5-digit specification Part number for reference as appropriate on the
front of each major O&M Manual section.
f. They must be filled with good quality files and proper labelling.

3. Organize each O&M Manual into separate Parts for each piece of related equipment.
Each manual section shall contain a title page; a table of contents; copies of pertinent
product data, supplemented by drawings and written text; and copies of each
warranty, bond, and service contract issued.

a. Title Page: Provide a title page in a transparent, plastic envelope as the first
sheet of each manual. Provide the following:

1) Subject matter covered by the manual section.

2) Name and address of the Works.
3) Contract (project) Number.
4) Date of submittal.
5) Name, address, and telephone number of the Contractor.
6) Name and address of the Engineer.
7) Cross-reference to related systems in other O&M Manuals or Parts of
the subject O&M Manual.

b. Table of Contents: After title page, include a typewritten table of contents for
each volume, arranged systematically. Include a list of each product included,
identified by product name or other appropriate identifying symbol and
indexed to the content of the volume. Where a system requires more than one
volume to accommodate data, provide a comprehensive table of contents for all
volumes in each volume of the set.
c. General Information: Provide a general information section immediately
following table of contents, listing each product included in the manual,
identified by product name. Under each product, list the name, address, and
telephone number of the subcontractor or installer and the maintenance
contractor. Clearly delineate the extent of responsibility of each of these
entities.
d. Product Data: Where the manuals include manufacturer's standard printed
data, include only sheets that are pertinent to the part or product installed.
Mark each sheet to identify each part or product included in the installation.
Where the Project includes more than one item in a tabular format, identify
each item, using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify
data that is applicable to the installation, and delete references to information
that is not applicable.
e. Written Text: Prepare written text to provide necessary information where
manufacturer's standard printed data is not available, and the information is
necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
Prepare written text where it is necessary to provide additional information or
to supplement data included in the manual. Organize text in a consistent
format under separate headings for different procedures. Where necessary,
provide a logical sequence of instruction for each operation or maintenance
procedure.
f. Drawings: Original project record documents as part of O&M Manuals.
g. Warranties, Bonds, and Service Contracts: Original documentation.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 3 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

4. Dividers: Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid-covered tabs for each separate
Section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Provide a typed description of the
product and major parts of equipment included in the section on each divider.
5. Protective Plastic Jackets: Provide protective, transparent, plastic jackets designed to
enclose diagnostic software for computerized electronic equipment.
6. Text Material: Where O&M Manuals require written material, use the manufacturer's
standard printed material. If manufacturer's standard printed material is not available,
provide specially prepared data, typewritten, on Metric Size "A4" (210 mm by
297 mm), 75-g/sq. m, white bond paper.
7. Drawings: Provide reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind in with
text.

a. Where oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to the same size as text
pages and use as a foldout.
b. If drawings are too large to be used practically as a foldout, place the drawing,
folded, in front or rear pocket of binder. Insert a typewritten page indicating
drawing title, description of contents, and drawing location at the appropriate
location in the manual.

8. Loose Copy: Shall be in blue / black line prints. Enclosed drawings shall be same
sign as original Mylar / polyester films.
9. Electronic Format: Provide five (5) sets of O&M Manuals in CD – ROM format
including file index, procedures and all related catalogues and brochures.
10. All O&M Manuals shall be stamped as “Final Copy” on the front page assuring that
such are final.
11. All drawings, sketches and diagrams included in the O&M Manuals shall also be
stamped as “As-Built” and certified accordingly by the Contractor.
12. Other Documents / Reports: Provide one list of full report about the project, Test
results and any other information / documents, which are not included in the O&M
manuals and As-Built drawings

1.6 O&M MANUAL CONTENT

A. Each O&M Manual shall include the information specified in the applicable individual
Specification Section and, as a minimum, shall include the following general
Parts/subsections and information. The O&M Manual shall address each
component/equipment/item and its controls and each major facility included within the
scope of work.

1. How to Use the Manual. This Part shall be a guide to the contents, structure, and
layout of the manual. It shall enable the reader to comprehend the scope of the
document and identify readily where specific information can be obtained.
2. Overall Purpose. This Part shall provide a general overview of the original design
intent.
3. Description. This Part shall include the following:

a. Type of system.
b. System location and what it serves.
c. System inputs/interfaces; i.e., what the system depends upon in order to
function.
d. Design data, basic design parameters, and basic assumptions made during
design. The appropriate Employer's Design Criteria documents will be made
available for the Contractor’s use and information and to assist in the
preparation of this section of the O&M Manual.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 4 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

e. Rationale for selecting particular plant processes/equipment.

f. Expected service life (where available).
g. Planned operational efficiencies.

4. Equipment Schedule and Identification. This Part shall include the following for all
components within each system:

a. Type of equipment.
b. Name of manufacturer.
c. Equipment model number of each component.
d. Equipment serial number of each component.
e. Items within each system shall be listed, together with the names of their
respective manufacturers or suppliers.

5. Parts Identification and Recommended Spares. This Part shall include the following
for all components within each system:

a. A parts identification list detailing and identifying replaceable assemblies, sub-

assemblies, and components. It shall include suppliers’ recommendation for
both spares and “running spares” for the First year period and Second year
period as a minimum; i.e., parts required for scheduled replacement due to
wear or deterioration.
b. Items normally held in stock locally by the supplier or for which a
refurbishment service is available shall be clearly identified.
c. Recommended stocking levels of spare parts.
d. Manufacturing and shipping time required for imported spare parts.

6. Commissioning Data. This Part shall include the following:

a. Measured data.
b. Measurement points.
c. Test equipment used.
d. Calibration certificate details.
e. Test certificates.
f. Safety and fire certificates (where applicable).
g. A statement of whether the design requirements were achieved.

7. Operation. This Part shall include instructions for the safe and efficient operation,
under both normal and emergency conditions. These will be in addition to
manufacturers’ literature for all plant items and shall include the following:

a. A recommended strategy for operation and control.

b. An outline of the general operating mode.
c. Control data (location, effect, object, sequence, limits of capability, modes, set
points).
d. For electric and electronic systems, provide complete circuit directories of
control panels, local panels/racks, programmable logic controller units, panel
boards, etc. including the following:

1) Electric service.
2) Controls.
3) Communications.

e. Charts of valve-tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 5 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

f. Procedure and sequences for start-up, running, and shutdown, under both
normal and emergency conditions.
g. Interlocks between various plant items.
h. Operating procedure for standby operations and plant.
i. Precautions necessary to overcome known hazards.
j. The means by which any potentially hazardous condition may be made safe.
k. Target figures for both energy consumption and energy costs.
l. Forms for recording plant running hours, energy consumption, and energy
costs.

8. Maintenance. This Part shall include the following:

a. Manufacturers’ recommendations and instructions for maintenance for each

item of plant and equipment. A clear distinction shall be made between
planned tasks (preventative maintenance) and work done on a corrective basis.
Instructions shall be given on each of the following, as appropriate:

1) The isolation and return to service of systems and equipment.

2) Adjustments, calibration, and testing.
3) Dismantling and re-assembly.
4) The exchange of components and assemblies.
5) Dealing with hazards that might arise during maintenance.
6) The nature of expected deterioration and the types of defects anticipated.
7) Special tools, test equipment, and ancillary services.

b. Maintenance schedules shall be provided for preventative maintenance tasks

and shall be based on manufacturers’ recommendations and other authoritative
sources and shall include the following:

1) Inspections.
2) Examinations.
3) Tests.
4) Adjustments.
5) Calibration.
6) Lubrication.
7) Periodic overhaul.

c. Procedures for the logical diagnosis and correction of faults.

d. A schedule for all systems/components requiring lubrication shall be provided
together with manufacturers’ recommendations on the type of lubricant and the
method and frequency of application. Where the type of lubricant is identified
by product name, a generic reference (e.g., BS) shall also be given. Special
requirements for the handling and storage of lubricants shall be provided.
Where applicable, names of locally available lubricants shall be provided.

9. Modification Information. This Part shall include information on permitted plant or

system modifications allowed for by the manufacturers or system designers for each
system. Space shall be provided in the manual for the recording of all modifications
and changes as they occur.
10. Disposal Instructions. This Part shall include the following:

a. Any known dangers likely to arise during the disposal of specific items of
systems or equipment, together with the necessary precautions and safety
measures.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 6 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

b. Methods for safely disposing of or destroying the equipment or any parts

thereof, including packaging, insulation, and fluids.
c. Sources from which further advice on safe disposal can be obtained.

11. Names and Addresses of Manufacturers. This Part shall include the following:

a. Name of each equipment/item.

b. Name of manufacturer.
c. Address of manufacturer.
d. Telephone number and telex/fax number of manufacturer. Include E-Mail
address if available.
e. Name of local supplier/agent.
f. Address of local supplier/agent.
g. Telephone number and telex/fax number of local supplier/agent. Include
E-Mail address if available.

12. Index of Plans and Drawings. This Part shall include the following:

a. An index shall be provided of all “As Fitted” drawings supplied during the
course of the installation work, included by number and title.
b. The index shall also include a schedule of all drawings issued by each
manufacturer and supplier during the course of the installation work; e.g.,
control panel wiring diagrams.
c. In addition to manufacturer-prepared documentation and drawings as specified
below, the O&M Manual shall contain copies of Contractor-prepared
Coordination Drawings that accurately represent the final as-built condition of
the facility/system.

13. Emergency Information. This Part shall include the following:

a. Names, addresses, telephone, and telex/fax numbers of the appropriate contacts

in the event of fire, theft, burglary, and fuel, gas, electricity or water
failure/leaks. It shall also list those firms or staff to contact in the event of the
failure or breakdown of such facility items as elevators, security gates, and
miscellaneous mechanical and electrical equipment.
b. Where applicable, location of firefighting equipment, hydrants, and rising
mains shall be identified and described.

14. Manufacturers’ Literature. This Part shall include the following:

a. A complete set of all manufacturers’ literature shall be provided for each of the
systems and equipment installed and assembled. As a minimum, the following
document types shall be provided:

1) Product data shall be manufacturer’s original printed data (not copies).

2) Copies of applicable Shop Drawings and Product Data.
3) Assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.
4) Wiring diagrams.
5) Inspection and test procedures.
6) Repair instructions including spare parts listing.
7) Maintenance procedures and schedules.
8) Precautions against improper use and maintenance.
9) Sources of required maintenance materials and related services.
10) Description of the sequence of operation and as-installed control
diagrams by the control manufacturer for systems requiring controls.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 7 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

11) Specially prepared drawings where necessary to supplement

manufacturer's printed data to illustrate the relationship of component
parts of equipment or systems or to provide control or flow diagrams.
Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Project Record
Drawings to assure correct illustration of the completed installation.

b. This literature shall provide the following:

1) Description of the product as purchased.

2) The cost and date of purchase.
3) Performance - behavioural characteristics of the equipment in use (e.g.,
performance curves for pumps).
4) Equipment or system function.
5) Operating characteristics.
6) Limiting conditions.
7) Engineering data and tests.
8) Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
9) Applications - suitability for use.
10) Operation and Maintenance details.
11) Resources of labour, plant, material, and space required.
12) Methods of operation and control.
13) Cleaning and maintenance requirements.
14) Protective measures.
15) Labour safety and welfare associated with the equipment.
16) Public safety considerations.

15. Manufacturers’ Guarantees and Warranties. This Part shall include copies of each
warranty, bond, or service contract in the appropriate manual for the information of
the Employer's operating personnel. Provide written data outlining procedures to
follow in the event of product failure. List circumstances and conditions that would
affect validity of warranty or bond.

1.6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EMPLOYER'S PERSONNEL

A. Prior to final inspection, instruct the Employer's personnel in operation, adjustment, and
maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Provide instruction at mutually agreed
upon times.

1. Use O&M Manual Parts for each piece of equipment or system as the basis of
instruction. Review contents in detail to explain all aspects of operation and
maintenance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 017823

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - Page 8 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017836 - WARRANTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: General requirements for written warranties, guaranties, and bonds
required by the Contract Documents.

B. Referenced Documents and Sections:

1. General Conditions.
2. Supplementary Conditions.
3. Division 01 Section “Closeout Procedures”: Submittal of warranties, guaranties, and
bonds as a condition of Substantial Completion.
4. Division 01 Section “Operating and Maintenance Data: Incorporation of warranties,
guaranties, and bonds into instruction manuals.
5. Specification sections for warranty clauses specified.

C. Approval of the warranties, guaranties, and bonds by the Employer is a prerequisite to final
payment under the Contract.

1.2 GENERAL

A. Deliver warranties, guaranties, and bonds required by Contract Documents as stated in the
General Conditions, with Employer named as beneficiary.

B. Total System Warranty: Provide complete system warranty in which Manufacturer,

Installer, and Contractor are jointly and severally liable and agree to repair or replace all
defective components of the warranted item. Warranty shall include both, materials and
workmanship.

C. System Warranty: Provide system warranty in which Manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor
are jointly and severally liable and agree to repair or replace defective components of the
warranted item.

D. Additional/Extended Warranties for the HVAC and Electrical Equipment: Provide

additional/extended warranties for all HVAC and electrical equipment put into early
operation for the supply of Wild Air to cover the operation period of the equipment from the
Wild Air On date to the Date of Substantial Completion of the Works. Manufacturers’
Warranty Certificates shall be submitted which specifically cover this period related to the
provision of Wild Air. The provision of these additional/extended warranties is in addition
to the warranties required for the stated period after the Date of Substantial Completion.

E. Warranty shall include:

1. Defective materials and installation.

2. Failure to comply with requirements stated in technical specifications.
3. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
4. Faulty operation of movable parts such as hardware.
5. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering and use.

WARRANTIES 017836 - Page 1 of 2

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

6. Delamination of exterior or interior facing materials.

7. Making good and installation and finishing all items that are disturbed and that may
be required due to repair or replacement of defective items. Coordinate with
Employer, manufacturer, and installer of adjacent disturbed items to ensure that their
warranty is not cancelled due to the repair work.

F. Limitations: State the limitations of the warranty as agreed with Engineer/ Employer.

G. Warranty Period: As specified in the relevant Sections of Specifications, starting from date
of Substantial Completion, but not less than 3 years.

1.3 WARRANTY/GUARANTY FORM

A. Submit paper and PDF digital copies of warranties and guaranties, on the Contractor's,
subcontractors’, material suppliers’, or manufacturers’ own letterhead, addressed to
Employer.

B. Submit warranties and guaranties in duplicate, in the form indicated, and signed by
cognizant entities, including Contractor in every case, with modifications as approved by
Employer to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty or guaranty.

1.4 SUBMITTAL

A. Collect and assemble written warranties and guaranties as instructed in Division 01 Section
“Closeout Procedures”, and submit to Engineer for delivery to Employer for final review
and approval.

1.5 TERMS

A. In addition to specific product requirements, Contractor agrees to repair or replace defective

materials, workmanship, or failures in a timely, satisfactory manner at no cost to the
Employer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable

PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable

END OF SECTION 017836

WARRANTIES 017836 - Page 2 of 2

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A1-AR-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017839 - RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record (As-Built)
documents, including and not limited to the following:

1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating project record

documents covering the Work of multiple contracts.
2. Division 01 Section "Executions" for final property survey.
3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
4. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
5. Specifications Sections for specific requirements for project Record (As-Built)
Documents of the Work in those Sections.
6. Specification Sections for specific requirements for Miscellaneous Record keeping
and submittal in those Sections.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record Drawings: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:

1. Initial Submittal: Submit two sets of plots from Record CAD Drawing files and the
original marked-up Record Prints. The Engineer will initial and date one set of plots
and mark whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and
quality of drafting are acceptable. The Engineer will return one set of plots and
Record Prints together with review comments, for completing, printing, binding, and
final submittal.
2. Final Submittal: After incorporating the Engineer's initial submittal review
comments, submit:

a. Original marked-up Record Prints set.

b. Sets of (As-Built) Drawings as follows:

1) Five (5) Sets electronic AutoCAD format: (in CD/DVD).

2) Five (5) Sets in electronic PDF format: (in CD/DVD).

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 1 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

3) One (1) set reproducible loose copy.

4) Five (5) bound sets of prints (A0 Size) or other approved size.
5) Comply with Part 19 “Operation & Maintenance Data” for number of
sets required for the O&M Manual.

B. Record Specifications: Submit five (5) copies of Record Specifications, including addenda
and contract modifications and Five (5) Sets in electronic PDF format: (in CD/DVD).

C. Record Product Data Submit five (5) copies of Record Specifications, including addenda
and contract modifications and Five (5) Sets in electronic PDF format: (in CD/DVD )of
each submittal.

1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance
manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous

record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction
activities. Submit five (5) sets of miscellaneous recordsRetain paragraph below if Engineer
desires Contractor report documenting record document activity as means of enforcing
routine and current maintenance of record documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: During construction period, print and maintain one set of blue- or black-line
white prints of all Contract Drawings, approved Shop Drawings and newly prepared
Drawings, for Record Print purposes.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to indicate all changes and field adjustments and to
show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be

difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic
documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the
following:

a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.

b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Site Instruction.

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 2 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

k. Changes made following made following Engineer's written orders and the
Engineer’s acceptance of substitutions or alternatives, etc.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. All coordinates shown on the drawings shall be in accordance with the system
agreed with the Engineer.
o. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

3. Mark record prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most

capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop
Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Variation numbers, Site Instruction numbers, and similar identification, where
applicable.

B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings where the Engineer determines
that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual
installation.

1. New Drawings may be required when a Variation is issued or as a result of the

Engineer accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification.
2. Consult with the Engineer for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations
required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other
construction. Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets;
comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting.

C. Progress Review: Unless otherwise indicated or directed, submit a copy of marked-up

Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings at monthly intervals, for progress
review and acceptance by the Engineer.

1. Limit submittals to drawings marked-up, prepared or further amended since previous

submittal. List drawings contained in each submittal on transmittal form.

D. Record CAD Drawings: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, review marked-up final Record Prints with the Engineer. When authorized,
prepare a full set of CAD Drawings of all Contract Drawings, Shop Drawings and newly
prepared Drawings, whether or not changes or additional information are recorded:

1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints.

Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
2. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for resolution.
3. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "RECORD (AS-
BUILT) DRAWING" in a prominent location.

E. Record CAD Drawing Plots: Produce a full set of Record Drawing Plots from completed
Record CAD Drawing files.

F. Prior to the submission of any Record Documents, AS-BUILT and marked-up final Record
Prints, the Contractor shall submit a list of all the documents/drawings to the Engineer for
approval 30 days before the submission of any of the aforementioned submittals.

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 3 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

G. Final Submittal Format:

1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with thick cover sheets. Include identification and
list contents on cover sheets.
2. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that
correspond to each sheet of the Record Prints. Produce "List of Drawings" sheet.
Name each file with the sheet identification number. Include identification in each
CAD file. All as follows:

a. All As-Built drawings and GIS files to be submitted coordinate system as

agreed with the Engineer.
b. The master map unit for As-Built drawings and GIS files should be in meter
(m) only.
c. All As-Built CAD drawings and GIS files to be submitted in digital formats on
CD’s media.
d. As-Built CAD and GIS formats are both required for any As-Built design /
entity submission.
e. All As-Built GIS maps to be submitted in standard shape files.
f. All As-Built CAD drawings should be submitted in original AutoCAD format,
(not converted), unless agreed otherwise with the Engineer.
g. Pen width details for plotting should also be provided in each drawing.
(Outside the drawing area).
h. All reference files (if used) should be copied in a directory called ‘reference’.
i. If any of the files/drawings are using fonts other than the normal fonts provided
by the software, then those fonts shall also be copied in a separate directory
called ‘fonts’.
j. Drawing should be neat and perfect. None of the items shall be outside the
drawing sheet area.
k. Drawings of different disciplines (i.e. Architectural, Structural, Electrical,
Mechanical etc.) shall be kept in separate directories with suitable names.
l. One file shall contain only one drawing.
m. Drawing shall be drawn / organized in suitable/proper layers/levels. Same kind
of items shall always be in the same layer/level.
n. Drawing shall be copied into CD’s in such a way that, when one drawing is
opened from the CD, it must be complete and all reference files, fonts &
libraries (if used) should attach automatically.
o. The index of drawings shall also be provided in the original format of the
drawing (DGN or DWG) and it must be kept in a directory called “general”.
p. Total number of As-Built drawings in the index and in the CD shall be the
same.
q. Change notice drawings shall be submitted along with all other drawings of
that project package in a new CD.

3. Reproducible Copy: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place in
durable tube-type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end cap of each container
with identification. If container does not include a complete set of Drawings, attach
label and identify Drawings included. All as follows:

a. All the drawings must be either A0 or A1 size. (Standard).

b. Maximum size of the sheet shall not exceed 1200 x 880 mm.
c. All drawings must be in good quality paper.

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 4 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

4. Copy Prints: Organize into bound sets matching Record CAD Drawing Plots. The
Engineer will deliver the Employer copy sets. All as follows:

a. They must be in standard in A2 size.

b. They must be properly bound using thick covering sheets.

Laminated labelling must be as in the following format:

KEY
PLA
<PROJECT TITLE> N

PROJECT NO:…..
DESCRIPTION
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
DATE:

Vol. No:….. DISCIPLINE

c. The scale of the drawings in the bound book shall match with the scale shown
in the title block of the drawing of bound book.

5. General (for Soft copy & Hard copy)

a. Each document should be verified thoroughly by the consultant/contractor

before submission.
b. “As-Built” stamp/seal with date and signature of the verified person shall be
provided in each drawing.
c. “As-Built” stamp/seal (item 5. b above) shall be exactly like below:

AS –BUILT DRAWING
CHECKED AND CERTIFIED BY
CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE
SIGNATURE: DATE:
NAME:
VERIFIED BY CONSULTANT
REPRESENTATIVE
SIGNATURE: DATE:
NAME:

d. Drawing should be in proper scale and Project number, its description & scale
of the drawing shall also be mentioned in the title block along with other
details.
e. Key plan & north symbol shall be provided in the upper right corner of the
drawings (wherever it is applicable).

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 5 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

f. North symbol (item 5. e above) shall be as sample below:

g. Provide hard copy of list (index) of drawings as in the following format:

Discipline (Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, etc.)

SI. No. Sheet no. Drg. No. Rev. No. Drg. File name Description

h. All the drawings must be numbered serially (sheet number), starting from 001
(drawing index as sheet no. 001) and must be listed in the drawing index.
(Total number of drawings in one project (Package) should be same as the
sheet number of the last drawing).
i. One file shall contain only one drawing. (This point is also incorporated under
item 2.1. F.2 above).
j. All the drawings, sketches or diagrams inside the O&M manuals shall also be
stamped as As-Built and certified by the contractor and consultant.
k. All As-Built drawings and GIS files to be submitted in coordinate system to be
agreed with the Engineer.
l. All As-Built CAD drawings and GIS files to be submitted in digital formats on
CD’s media.
m. As-Built CAD and GIS formats are both required for any As-Built design /
entity submission.
n. All As-Built GIS maps to be submitted in standard shape files.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where

installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract
modifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that

cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary
to provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted
in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 6 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where
applicable.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders record Specifications, and record Drawings where
applicable.
4. Include record Product Data directory organized by specification section number and
title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Parts for miscellaneous

record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or
file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
Miscellaneous records include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Field records on excavations and foundations.

2. Field records on underground construction and similar work.
3. Surveys showing locations and elevations of underground lines.
4. Invert elevations of drainage piping.
5. Surveys establishing building lines and levels.
6. Special and authorized measurements.
7. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products.
8. Batch mixing and bulk delivery records.
9. Testing and qualification of tradesmen.
10. Documented qualification of installation firms.
11. Tests and inspections.
12. Inspections and certifications by governing authorities.
13. Final inspection and correction procedures.
14. Any other information / documents which are not included on As-Built Drawings and
Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project
record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project record documents as
they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 7 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in
the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project
record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and
in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to
project record documents for Engineer's inspection and reference during normal working
hours.

END OF SECTION 017839

RECORD (AS-BUILT) DOCUMENTS 017839 - Page 8 of 8

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section covers the requirements for preparing, administering, and conducting a training
program in English for the Employer - nominated operator (as applicable), maintenance,
supervisor, and instructor trainees in operation, maintenance, and computer software
programming of the system. Training shall be of sufficient scope and depth to ensure that
all operations, maintenance, and computer software trainees who complete the training
program will be fully qualified, certified and capable of operating and/or maintaining the
system/subsystems as installed under this Contract. The program shall provide the training,
orientation, and familiarization necessary to ensure a smooth transition between system
installation and operations activities

This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing

Employer’s personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
3. Demonstration and training video recordings.

B. Related Sections:

1. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and

training for products in those Sections.

C. Two copies of submittals required by this Part shall be supplied to Engineer/Employer

Authorized Representative for review not later than ninety (90) days prior to scheduled start
of each formal training course. Thirty (30) days shall be allowed for such review. Training
shall be performed only in accordance with such reviewed and approved training program
submittals. All training aids proposed for use in the program shall be available for
inspection prior to commencement of training. Upon completion of the training program,
the training aids, tools, test equipment, training manuals and other materials relating to the
program shall be handed over to the Employer.

D. When short familiarization courses are offered to the Contractor by the equipment
manufacturer/vendor as a common industry practice at no extra cost to the Contractor, then
the Contractor shall make arrangements for the Employer nominated staff to attend such
courses at no additional cost to the Employer.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 1 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.3 SUBMITTALS

The following submittals will be required:

A. Instruction Program: Submit for the Engineer's approval, two copies of outline of
instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules
and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names
for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

1. Indicate proposed training modules utilizing manufacturer-produced demonstration

and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video
recording of live instructional module.
2. Include for providing instruction at start of each season for equipment that requires
seasonal operation and maintenance.

B. A training program stating all program courses and activities, and their individual duration,
sequence, and interrelationships.

C. A narrative description of each course, including its purpose, technical scope, and the
number of hours from start of course to trainee certification.

D. Current résumés of training and technical personnel who will be assigned to the classroom
and/or on-the-job (hands-on) phases of training. Résumés shall be identified by course.

E. The ratio of training and technical personnel to trainees for both classroom and on-the-job
phases of each course.

F. A narrative (verbal) and graphic (pictorial) explanation of the system's operational scheme
and features that will be covered in the Operations-related courses.

G. A narrative (verbal) and graphic (pictorial) explanation of the system's operational and
maintenance schemes that will be covered in the maintenance-related courses.

H. A comprehensive training manual for each course in the form and content that will be used
in both classroom and on-the-job phases of training. In addition to other information, the
manual shall contain an agenda, the hours devoted to each topic/subject, and the objectives
for each lesson. Such manual shall be prepared in English.

I. A descriptive listing, by course, of all training aids to be used during both classroom and on-
the-job phases of training.

J. A narrative description of the practices to be followed to measure, record, and report each
trainee's progress and proficiency on completion of formal training. Also, a description of
the method(s) to be used to certify trainees as being capable to operate and/or maintain the
system/subsystem.

K. Samples of written examinations to be used for each course.

L. A narrative description of the methods proposed to provide make-up instruction for trainees
who miss training sessions due to illness or approved absences.

M. A bibliography containing a listing of reference publications to be used in conjunction with

classroom and on-the-job training.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 2 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

N. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of
instruction time.

O. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and
documentation of performance-based test.

1.4 EMPLOYER-NOMINATED STAFF

A. Employer will nominate staff to receive training. Such trainees may be expected to be
familiar with the fundamental concepts of the operation and maintenance of similar systems
and be basically qualified in both written and spoken English. Each trainee will be
designated by the Employer in one of the three categories (trainee, supervisor-trainee, or
instructor-trainee) for operations, maintenance, or computer software training.

1.5 ASSISTANCE TO KEY TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

A. All key technical personnel of the Contractor shall have a general responsibility to assist
Employer-nominated trainees in conducting training for the operations and maintenance of
the system/subsystem and equipment. Such assistance shall be a part of their duties and shall
be included in their job descriptions.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS OF TRAINING PERSONNEL

A. Personnel designated to conduct training shall be fully qualified and shall have a minimum
of three years experience with the system/subsystems as installed, or comparable successful
experience as a trainer.

1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit five copies within seven days of
end of each training module.

1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following

information:

a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of videographer.
c. Name of Engineer.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date of video recording.

2. Transcript: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper, punched and

bound in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate
identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same
label information as the corresponding video recording. Include name of Project and
date of video recording on each page.
3. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Employer's use.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 3 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating

maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated
for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of
successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with

requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and
maintenance procedures and training.

C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced

photographing demonstration and training events similar to those required.

D. Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not
limited to, the following:

1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational
materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to
avoid delays.
3. Review required content of instruction.
4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather
conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Employer's operations. Adjust schedule as required to

minimize disrupting Employer's operations.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction

time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance
data has been reviewed and approved by the Engineer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Scope: Training shall be in sufficient scope to ensure that all trainees who complete the
program will be certified as capable to operate and/or maintain the equipment, systems, and
facilities furnished and installed under this contract, and to ensure a smooth transition
between construction and operation activities.

B. Language: Training shall be conducted in English Language: Training shall be conducted in

English.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 4 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

C. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training

modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual
Specification Sections And include by no way of limitation for the following :

1. Motorized doors, including overhead coiling doors, overhead coiling grilles and
automatic entrance doors.
2. Equipment, including stage equipment, projection screens, loading dock equipment,
waste compactors, food-service equipment, and fume hoods.
3. Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm, fire pumps and fire-extinguishing
systems.
4. Intrusion detection systems.
5. Conveying systems, including elevators, lifts, escalators, chutes and cranes.
6. Heat generation, including boilers, feedwater equipment, pumps, steam distribution
piping and water distribution piping.
7. Refrigeration systems, including chillers, cooling towers, condensers, pumps and
distribution piping.
8. HVAC systems, including fan coils ,air-handling equipment, air distribution systems
and terminal equipment and devices.
9. HVAC instrumentation and controls management and control system
10. Electrical service and distribution, including transformers, switchboards, panelboards,
uninterruptible power supplies and motor controls.
11. Packaged engine generators, including transfer switches.
12. Lighting equipment and controls.
13. Communication systems, including intercommunication equipment, surveillance,
clocks and programming, voice and data and television equipment

2.2 TRAINING PROGRAM

A. Scope: Training shall be in sufficient scope to ensure that all trainees who complete the
program will be certified as capable to operate and/or maintain the equipment, systems, and
facilities furnished and installed under this contract, and to ensure a smooth transition
between construction and operation activities.

B. Language: Training shall be conducted in English.

C. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training

modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual
Specification Sections.

D. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master.
For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system,
equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the

following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.

b. Performance and design criteria.
c. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 5 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals.
b. Operations manuals.
c. Maintenance manuals.
d. Project record documents.
e. Identification systems.
f. Warranties and bonds.
g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.

b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 6 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.

f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

2.3 TRAINING AIDS

A. Training aids shall include: approved operation and maintenance (O&M) manual(s)
prepared by the Contractor as part of this Contract; training manuals, including course
outline, basic text of instructions modules, and trainee workbook; films; slides; video
tape(s); charts; models; hand-outs; catalogues; samples; and other visual and written aids to
complement instruction. In addition, spare parts and other special hardware shall be
provided to support "hands-on" familiarization with the equipment or systems.

2.4 TRAINING MANUALS

A. Training manuals in English shall be provided for each training course covering both the
classroom and on-the-job phases. The organization of the manuals shall follow the same
sequence as the course's scheduled presentation of material, providing such additional
background and supplementary information as a trainee may need to understand the O&M
manuals. The training manuals shall contain course agenda, schedule of hours devoted to
each topic or subject, and objectives for each lesson.

2.5 DISPOSITION

A. Upon completion of the training program, all training aids, test equipment, and similar items
provided by the Contractor for this training program shall become the property of the
Employer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and

training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual

B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires
seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with the Employer, through the Engineer, with at least seven days'
advance notice.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 7 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

D. SCOPE:

1. Training shall be performed in accordance with an approved training program. All

training aids shall be available and approved prior to start of training.
2. Each training course shall usually include classroom (theoretical) training and on-the-
object (hands-on) training to provide practical experience. Where system/subsystem
interfaces occur, such as with equipment or facilities furnished under other contracts,
the Contractor shall cooperate with and assist the Employer/Engineer in coordinating
timing and scheduling of training so that trainees can be made familiar with the
operation and maintenance of the system subsystem as a complete, in-place, operating
unit.
3. Laboratory equipment, spare parts, and mock-up models may be used for theoretical
orientation. However, practical "hands-on" familiarization shall be provided on
equipment that is either installed and operable or ready to be installed and capable of
being operated. System spares of special hardware items may be used to support
"hands-on" familiarization as long as said spares are returned to inventory in
satisfactory condition in accordance with approved procedures.

E. Proficiency: At designated intervals, each trainee's proficiency level shall be determined by

written, oral, and practical performance tests.

F. Completion: Upon satisfactory completion of the training, it shall be certified, in writing,

that each trainee, by name, is qualified to operate or maintain the system, supervise or
instruct, as applicable.

G. Make-up Instruction: Make-up instruction shall be scheduled to accommodate shift work

and authorized absences.

H. Training Categories: Training shall be provided using approved programs in the following
categories:

1. Operations.
2. Maintenance.
3. Computer Software.
4. Operations – Supervisor.
5. Operations – Instructor.
6. Maintenance – Supervisor.
7. Maintenance – Instructor.
8. Other Categories as may be required by the Contractor's system design.

I. Operations Training: Operators shall be provided with a thorough training in all aspects of
system/subsystem operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. This training shall
include, but not be limited to:

1. Orientation to provide overview of system/subsystem purpose, configuration, and

operations.
2. Terminology.
3. Operations theory and interface.
4. Equipment appearance, functions, concepts and operation.
5. Operating modes, practices, and procedures under normal and emergency conditions.
6. Safety precautions.
7. On-the-job operating experience covering all system/subsystem operating functions,
activities, and tasks including those associated with degraded operating modes;
failure recognition, and recovery processes.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 8 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

8. Familiarity with the content and use of O&M manuals and related reference
publications.

J. Maintenance Training: Maintenance training shall cover all on-site routine preventive, and
remedial maintenance of the system/subsystem. This training shall include, but not be
limited to:

1. Orientation to provide overview of system/subsystem purpose, configuration, and

operations.
2. Terminology.
3. Operations theory and interfaces.
4. Equipment appearance, layout, functions, concepts and operations.
5. Operating modes, practices, and procedures under normal and emergency conditions.
6. Safety precautions.
7. Use of tools and test equipment.
8. Preventive maintenance.
9. Troubleshooting, diagnostic, and testing.
10. Assembly and disassembly.
11. Repair and parts replacement.
12. Parts ordering practices and storage.
13. Failure and recovery procedures.
14. System/subsystem cabling.
15. Familiarity with and use of O&M manuals and other reference materials.

K. Computer Software Training: Computer software training shall cover the use, management,
development, and maintenance of system/subsystem software. This training shall include,
but not be limited to:

1. Orientation to provide overview of system/subsystem concepts, configurations, and

operation.
2. Basis programming and software architecture.
3. System executive and utility program.
4. Application program.
5. Modification of command lines codes.
6. Interrupt logic.
7. Intra-and inter system interfaces.
8. Processor system operating procedures.
9. Diagnostics.
10. Communications software.
11. File management.
12. Hands-on training.
13. Safety precautions.
14. Familiarization with and use of O&M manuals and other reference materials.

L. Operations-Supervisor Training: Supplemental and specialized training shall be provided for

supervisor level trainees. This training shall impart the knowledge and skills necessary to
schedule, supervise, and improve the proficiency of operating and computer software
personnel.

M. Operations - Instructor Training: Supplemental and specialized training shall be provided to

prepare graduate trainees or nominated instructors successfully to instruct future trainees in
system/subsystem operations and computer software.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 9 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1
Central Business District CBD EAST – Phase 1
Of the New Administrative Capital

N. Maintenance - Supervisor Training: Supplemental and specialized training shall be provided

for supervisory level trainees. This training shall impart the knowledge and skills necessary
to schedule, supervise, and improve the proficiency of maintenance personnel.

O. Maintenance - Instructor Training: Supplemental and specialized training shall be provided

to prepare graduate trainees or nominated instructors successfully to instruct future trainees
in all phases of system/subsystem maintenance.

P. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and remove from instruction
location. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition
existing before initial training use.

3.2 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS

A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training

video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions
and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice.

1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective
and lesson outline.

B. Video Recording Format: Provide high-quality color video recordings with menu
navigation in format acceptable to Engineer.

C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to
show area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time.

D. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by dubbing audio narration off-site after
video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed.

E. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured
from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment.

F. Pre-Produced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training

modules in same format as recordings of live training.

END OF SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - Page 10 of 10

E18066-0100D-FD-00-G00-SPC-15A-PMC-01 REV 1